linux-stable/tools/lib/bpf/btf.c

4617 lines
120 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

// SPDX-License-Identifier: (LGPL-2.1 OR BSD-2-Clause)
/* Copyright (c) 2018 Facebook */
#include <byteswap.h>
#include <endian.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <sys/utsname.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/err.h>
#include <linux/btf.h>
#include <gelf.h>
#include "btf.h"
#include "bpf.h"
#include "libbpf.h"
#include "libbpf_internal.h"
#include "hashmap.h"
#define BTF_MAX_NR_TYPES 0x7fffffffU
#define BTF_MAX_STR_OFFSET 0x7fffffffU
static struct btf_type btf_void;
struct btf {
/* raw BTF data in native endianness */
void *raw_data;
/* raw BTF data in non-native endianness */
void *raw_data_swapped;
__u32 raw_size;
/* whether target endianness differs from the native one */
bool swapped_endian;
/*
* When BTF is loaded from an ELF or raw memory it is stored
* in a contiguous memory block. The hdr, type_data, and, strs_data
* point inside that memory region to their respective parts of BTF
* representation:
*
* +--------------------------------+
* | Header | Types | Strings |
* +--------------------------------+
* ^ ^ ^
* | | |
* hdr | |
* types_data-+ |
* strs_data------------+
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
*
* If BTF data is later modified, e.g., due to types added or
* removed, BTF deduplication performed, etc, this contiguous
* representation is broken up into three independently allocated
* memory regions to be able to modify them independently.
* raw_data is nulled out at that point, but can be later allocated
* and cached again if user calls btf__get_raw_data(), at which point
* raw_data will contain a contiguous copy of header, types, and
* strings:
*
* +----------+ +---------+ +-----------+
* | Header | | Types | | Strings |
* +----------+ +---------+ +-----------+
* ^ ^ ^
* | | |
* hdr | |
* types_data----+ |
* strs_data------------------+
*
* +----------+---------+-----------+
* | Header | Types | Strings |
* raw_data----->+----------+---------+-----------+
*/
struct btf_header *hdr;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
void *types_data;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
size_t types_data_cap; /* used size stored in hdr->type_len */
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
/* type ID to `struct btf_type *` lookup index
* type_offs[0] corresponds to the first non-VOID type:
* - for base BTF it's type [1];
* - for split BTF it's the first non-base BTF type.
*/
__u32 *type_offs;
size_t type_offs_cap;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
/* number of types in this BTF instance:
* - doesn't include special [0] void type;
* - for split BTF counts number of types added on top of base BTF.
*/
__u32 nr_types;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
/* if not NULL, points to the base BTF on top of which the current
* split BTF is based
*/
struct btf *base_btf;
/* BTF type ID of the first type in this BTF instance:
* - for base BTF it's equal to 1;
* - for split BTF it's equal to biggest type ID of base BTF plus 1.
*/
int start_id;
/* logical string offset of this BTF instance:
* - for base BTF it's equal to 0;
* - for split BTF it's equal to total size of base BTF's string section size.
*/
int start_str_off;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
void *strs_data;
size_t strs_data_cap; /* used size stored in hdr->str_len */
/* lookup index for each unique string in strings section */
struct hashmap *strs_hash;
/* whether strings are already deduplicated */
bool strs_deduped;
/* extra indirection layer to make strings hashmap work with stable
* string offsets and ability to transparently choose between
* btf->strs_data or btf_dedup->strs_data as a source of strings.
* This is used for BTF strings dedup to transfer deduplicated strings
* data back to struct btf without re-building strings index.
*/
void **strs_data_ptr;
/* BTF object FD, if loaded into kernel */
int fd;
/* Pointer size (in bytes) for a target architecture of this BTF */
int ptr_sz;
};
static inline __u64 ptr_to_u64(const void *ptr)
{
return (__u64) (unsigned long) ptr;
}
/* Ensure given dynamically allocated memory region pointed to by *data* with
* capacity of *cap_cnt* elements each taking *elem_sz* bytes has enough
* memory to accomodate *add_cnt* new elements, assuming *cur_cnt* elements
* are already used. At most *max_cnt* elements can be ever allocated.
* If necessary, memory is reallocated and all existing data is copied over,
* new pointer to the memory region is stored at *data, new memory region
* capacity (in number of elements) is stored in *cap.
* On success, memory pointer to the beginning of unused memory is returned.
* On error, NULL is returned.
*/
void *btf_add_mem(void **data, size_t *cap_cnt, size_t elem_sz,
size_t cur_cnt, size_t max_cnt, size_t add_cnt)
{
size_t new_cnt;
void *new_data;
if (cur_cnt + add_cnt <= *cap_cnt)
return *data + cur_cnt * elem_sz;
/* requested more than the set limit */
if (cur_cnt + add_cnt > max_cnt)
return NULL;
new_cnt = *cap_cnt;
new_cnt += new_cnt / 4; /* expand by 25% */
if (new_cnt < 16) /* but at least 16 elements */
new_cnt = 16;
if (new_cnt > max_cnt) /* but not exceeding a set limit */
new_cnt = max_cnt;
if (new_cnt < cur_cnt + add_cnt) /* also ensure we have enough memory */
new_cnt = cur_cnt + add_cnt;
new_data = libbpf_reallocarray(*data, new_cnt, elem_sz);
if (!new_data)
return NULL;
/* zero out newly allocated portion of memory */
memset(new_data + (*cap_cnt) * elem_sz, 0, (new_cnt - *cap_cnt) * elem_sz);
*data = new_data;
*cap_cnt = new_cnt;
return new_data + cur_cnt * elem_sz;
}
/* Ensure given dynamically allocated memory region has enough allocated space
* to accommodate *need_cnt* elements of size *elem_sz* bytes each
*/
int btf_ensure_mem(void **data, size_t *cap_cnt, size_t elem_sz, size_t need_cnt)
{
void *p;
if (need_cnt <= *cap_cnt)
return 0;
p = btf_add_mem(data, cap_cnt, elem_sz, *cap_cnt, SIZE_MAX, need_cnt - *cap_cnt);
if (!p)
return -ENOMEM;
return 0;
}
static int btf_add_type_idx_entry(struct btf *btf, __u32 type_off)
{
__u32 *p;
p = btf_add_mem((void **)&btf->type_offs, &btf->type_offs_cap, sizeof(__u32),
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
btf->nr_types, BTF_MAX_NR_TYPES, 1);
if (!p)
return -ENOMEM;
*p = type_off;
return 0;
}
static void btf_bswap_hdr(struct btf_header *h)
{
h->magic = bswap_16(h->magic);
h->hdr_len = bswap_32(h->hdr_len);
h->type_off = bswap_32(h->type_off);
h->type_len = bswap_32(h->type_len);
h->str_off = bswap_32(h->str_off);
h->str_len = bswap_32(h->str_len);
}
static int btf_parse_hdr(struct btf *btf)
{
struct btf_header *hdr = btf->hdr;
__u32 meta_left;
if (btf->raw_size < sizeof(struct btf_header)) {
pr_debug("BTF header not found\n");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (hdr->magic == bswap_16(BTF_MAGIC)) {
btf->swapped_endian = true;
if (bswap_32(hdr->hdr_len) != sizeof(struct btf_header)) {
pr_warn("Can't load BTF with non-native endianness due to unsupported header length %u\n",
bswap_32(hdr->hdr_len));
return -ENOTSUP;
}
btf_bswap_hdr(hdr);
} else if (hdr->magic != BTF_MAGIC) {
pr_debug("Invalid BTF magic:%x\n", hdr->magic);
return -EINVAL;
}
meta_left = btf->raw_size - sizeof(*hdr);
if (!meta_left) {
pr_debug("BTF has no data\n");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (meta_left < hdr->str_off + hdr->str_len) {
pr_debug("Invalid BTF total size:%u\n", btf->raw_size);
return -EINVAL;
}
if (hdr->type_off + hdr->type_len > hdr->str_off) {
pr_debug("Invalid BTF data sections layout: type data at %u + %u, strings data at %u + %u\n",
hdr->type_off, hdr->type_len, hdr->str_off, hdr->str_len);
return -EINVAL;
}
if (hdr->type_off % 4) {
pr_debug("BTF type section is not aligned to 4 bytes\n");
return -EINVAL;
}
return 0;
}
static int btf_parse_str_sec(struct btf *btf)
{
const struct btf_header *hdr = btf->hdr;
const char *start = btf->strs_data;
const char *end = start + btf->hdr->str_len;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
if (btf->base_btf && hdr->str_len == 0)
return 0;
if (!hdr->str_len || hdr->str_len - 1 > BTF_MAX_STR_OFFSET || end[-1]) {
pr_debug("Invalid BTF string section\n");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (!btf->base_btf && start[0]) {
pr_debug("Invalid BTF string section\n");
return -EINVAL;
}
return 0;
}
static int btf_type_size(const struct btf_type *t)
{
const int base_size = sizeof(struct btf_type);
__u16 vlen = btf_vlen(t);
switch (btf_kind(t)) {
case BTF_KIND_FWD:
case BTF_KIND_CONST:
case BTF_KIND_VOLATILE:
case BTF_KIND_RESTRICT:
case BTF_KIND_PTR:
case BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF:
case BTF_KIND_FUNC:
return base_size;
case BTF_KIND_INT:
return base_size + sizeof(__u32);
case BTF_KIND_ENUM:
return base_size + vlen * sizeof(struct btf_enum);
case BTF_KIND_ARRAY:
return base_size + sizeof(struct btf_array);
case BTF_KIND_STRUCT:
case BTF_KIND_UNION:
return base_size + vlen * sizeof(struct btf_member);
case BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO:
return base_size + vlen * sizeof(struct btf_param);
case BTF_KIND_VAR:
return base_size + sizeof(struct btf_var);
case BTF_KIND_DATASEC:
return base_size + vlen * sizeof(struct btf_var_secinfo);
default:
pr_debug("Unsupported BTF_KIND:%u\n", btf_kind(t));
return -EINVAL;
}
}
static void btf_bswap_type_base(struct btf_type *t)
{
t->name_off = bswap_32(t->name_off);
t->info = bswap_32(t->info);
t->type = bswap_32(t->type);
}
static int btf_bswap_type_rest(struct btf_type *t)
{
struct btf_var_secinfo *v;
struct btf_member *m;
struct btf_array *a;
struct btf_param *p;
struct btf_enum *e;
__u16 vlen = btf_vlen(t);
int i;
switch (btf_kind(t)) {
case BTF_KIND_FWD:
case BTF_KIND_CONST:
case BTF_KIND_VOLATILE:
case BTF_KIND_RESTRICT:
case BTF_KIND_PTR:
case BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF:
case BTF_KIND_FUNC:
return 0;
case BTF_KIND_INT:
*(__u32 *)(t + 1) = bswap_32(*(__u32 *)(t + 1));
return 0;
case BTF_KIND_ENUM:
for (i = 0, e = btf_enum(t); i < vlen; i++, e++) {
e->name_off = bswap_32(e->name_off);
e->val = bswap_32(e->val);
}
return 0;
case BTF_KIND_ARRAY:
a = btf_array(t);
a->type = bswap_32(a->type);
a->index_type = bswap_32(a->index_type);
a->nelems = bswap_32(a->nelems);
return 0;
case BTF_KIND_STRUCT:
case BTF_KIND_UNION:
for (i = 0, m = btf_members(t); i < vlen; i++, m++) {
m->name_off = bswap_32(m->name_off);
m->type = bswap_32(m->type);
m->offset = bswap_32(m->offset);
}
return 0;
case BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO:
for (i = 0, p = btf_params(t); i < vlen; i++, p++) {
p->name_off = bswap_32(p->name_off);
p->type = bswap_32(p->type);
}
return 0;
case BTF_KIND_VAR:
btf_var(t)->linkage = bswap_32(btf_var(t)->linkage);
return 0;
case BTF_KIND_DATASEC:
for (i = 0, v = btf_var_secinfos(t); i < vlen; i++, v++) {
v->type = bswap_32(v->type);
v->offset = bswap_32(v->offset);
v->size = bswap_32(v->size);
}
return 0;
default:
pr_debug("Unsupported BTF_KIND:%u\n", btf_kind(t));
return -EINVAL;
}
}
static int btf_parse_type_sec(struct btf *btf)
{
struct btf_header *hdr = btf->hdr;
void *next_type = btf->types_data;
void *end_type = next_type + hdr->type_len;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
int err, type_size;
while (next_type + sizeof(struct btf_type) <= end_type) {
if (btf->swapped_endian)
btf_bswap_type_base(next_type);
type_size = btf_type_size(next_type);
if (type_size < 0)
return type_size;
if (next_type + type_size > end_type) {
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
pr_warn("BTF type [%d] is malformed\n", btf->start_id + btf->nr_types);
return -EINVAL;
}
if (btf->swapped_endian && btf_bswap_type_rest(next_type))
return -EINVAL;
err = btf_add_type_idx_entry(btf, next_type - btf->types_data);
if (err)
return err;
next_type += type_size;
btf->nr_types++;
}
if (next_type != end_type) {
pr_warn("BTF types data is malformed\n");
return -EINVAL;
}
return 0;
}
__u32 btf__get_nr_types(const struct btf *btf)
{
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
return btf->start_id + btf->nr_types - 1;
}
const struct btf *btf__base_btf(const struct btf *btf)
{
return btf->base_btf;
}
/* internal helper returning non-const pointer to a type */
static struct btf_type *btf_type_by_id(struct btf *btf, __u32 type_id)
{
if (type_id == 0)
return &btf_void;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
if (type_id < btf->start_id)
return btf_type_by_id(btf->base_btf, type_id);
return btf->types_data + btf->type_offs[type_id - btf->start_id];
}
const struct btf_type *btf__type_by_id(const struct btf *btf, __u32 type_id)
{
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
if (type_id >= btf->start_id + btf->nr_types)
return NULL;
return btf_type_by_id((struct btf *)btf, type_id);
}
static int determine_ptr_size(const struct btf *btf)
{
const struct btf_type *t;
const char *name;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
int i, n;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
if (btf->base_btf && btf->base_btf->ptr_sz > 0)
return btf->base_btf->ptr_sz;
n = btf__get_nr_types(btf);
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
t = btf__type_by_id(btf, i);
if (!btf_is_int(t))
continue;
name = btf__name_by_offset(btf, t->name_off);
if (!name)
continue;
if (strcmp(name, "long int") == 0 ||
strcmp(name, "long unsigned int") == 0) {
if (t->size != 4 && t->size != 8)
continue;
return t->size;
}
}
return -1;
}
static size_t btf_ptr_sz(const struct btf *btf)
{
if (!btf->ptr_sz)
((struct btf *)btf)->ptr_sz = determine_ptr_size(btf);
return btf->ptr_sz < 0 ? sizeof(void *) : btf->ptr_sz;
}
/* Return pointer size this BTF instance assumes. The size is heuristically
* determined by looking for 'long' or 'unsigned long' integer type and
* recording its size in bytes. If BTF type information doesn't have any such
* type, this function returns 0. In the latter case, native architecture's
* pointer size is assumed, so will be either 4 or 8, depending on
* architecture that libbpf was compiled for. It's possible to override
* guessed value by using btf__set_pointer_size() API.
*/
size_t btf__pointer_size(const struct btf *btf)
{
if (!btf->ptr_sz)
((struct btf *)btf)->ptr_sz = determine_ptr_size(btf);
if (btf->ptr_sz < 0)
/* not enough BTF type info to guess */
return 0;
return btf->ptr_sz;
}
/* Override or set pointer size in bytes. Only values of 4 and 8 are
* supported.
*/
int btf__set_pointer_size(struct btf *btf, size_t ptr_sz)
{
if (ptr_sz != 4 && ptr_sz != 8)
return -EINVAL;
btf->ptr_sz = ptr_sz;
return 0;
}
static bool is_host_big_endian(void)
{
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
return false;
#elif __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
return true;
#else
# error "Unrecognized __BYTE_ORDER__"
#endif
}
enum btf_endianness btf__endianness(const struct btf *btf)
{
if (is_host_big_endian())
return btf->swapped_endian ? BTF_LITTLE_ENDIAN : BTF_BIG_ENDIAN;
else
return btf->swapped_endian ? BTF_BIG_ENDIAN : BTF_LITTLE_ENDIAN;
}
int btf__set_endianness(struct btf *btf, enum btf_endianness endian)
{
if (endian != BTF_LITTLE_ENDIAN && endian != BTF_BIG_ENDIAN)
return -EINVAL;
btf->swapped_endian = is_host_big_endian() != (endian == BTF_BIG_ENDIAN);
if (!btf->swapped_endian) {
free(btf->raw_data_swapped);
btf->raw_data_swapped = NULL;
}
return 0;
}
static bool btf_type_is_void(const struct btf_type *t)
{
return t == &btf_void || btf_is_fwd(t);
}
static bool btf_type_is_void_or_null(const struct btf_type *t)
{
return !t || btf_type_is_void(t);
}
#define MAX_RESOLVE_DEPTH 32
__s64 btf__resolve_size(const struct btf *btf, __u32 type_id)
{
const struct btf_array *array;
const struct btf_type *t;
__u32 nelems = 1;
__s64 size = -1;
int i;
t = btf__type_by_id(btf, type_id);
for (i = 0; i < MAX_RESOLVE_DEPTH && !btf_type_is_void_or_null(t);
i++) {
switch (btf_kind(t)) {
case BTF_KIND_INT:
case BTF_KIND_STRUCT:
case BTF_KIND_UNION:
case BTF_KIND_ENUM:
case BTF_KIND_DATASEC:
size = t->size;
goto done;
case BTF_KIND_PTR:
size = btf_ptr_sz(btf);
goto done;
case BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF:
case BTF_KIND_VOLATILE:
case BTF_KIND_CONST:
case BTF_KIND_RESTRICT:
case BTF_KIND_VAR:
type_id = t->type;
break;
case BTF_KIND_ARRAY:
array = btf_array(t);
if (nelems && array->nelems > UINT32_MAX / nelems)
return -E2BIG;
nelems *= array->nelems;
type_id = array->type;
break;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
t = btf__type_by_id(btf, type_id);
}
done:
if (size < 0)
return -EINVAL;
if (nelems && size > UINT32_MAX / nelems)
return -E2BIG;
return nelems * size;
}
int btf__align_of(const struct btf *btf, __u32 id)
{
const struct btf_type *t = btf__type_by_id(btf, id);
__u16 kind = btf_kind(t);
switch (kind) {
case BTF_KIND_INT:
case BTF_KIND_ENUM:
return min(btf_ptr_sz(btf), (size_t)t->size);
case BTF_KIND_PTR:
return btf_ptr_sz(btf);
case BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF:
case BTF_KIND_VOLATILE:
case BTF_KIND_CONST:
case BTF_KIND_RESTRICT:
return btf__align_of(btf, t->type);
case BTF_KIND_ARRAY:
return btf__align_of(btf, btf_array(t)->type);
case BTF_KIND_STRUCT:
case BTF_KIND_UNION: {
const struct btf_member *m = btf_members(t);
__u16 vlen = btf_vlen(t);
int i, max_align = 1, align;
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++, m++) {
align = btf__align_of(btf, m->type);
if (align <= 0)
return align;
max_align = max(max_align, align);
}
return max_align;
}
default:
pr_warn("unsupported BTF_KIND:%u\n", btf_kind(t));
return 0;
}
}
int btf__resolve_type(const struct btf *btf, __u32 type_id)
{
const struct btf_type *t;
int depth = 0;
t = btf__type_by_id(btf, type_id);
while (depth < MAX_RESOLVE_DEPTH &&
!btf_type_is_void_or_null(t) &&
(btf_is_mod(t) || btf_is_typedef(t) || btf_is_var(t))) {
type_id = t->type;
t = btf__type_by_id(btf, type_id);
depth++;
}
if (depth == MAX_RESOLVE_DEPTH || btf_type_is_void_or_null(t))
return -EINVAL;
return type_id;
}
__s32 btf__find_by_name(const struct btf *btf, const char *type_name)
{
__u32 i, nr_types = btf__get_nr_types(btf);
if (!strcmp(type_name, "void"))
return 0;
for (i = 1; i <= nr_types; i++) {
const struct btf_type *t = btf__type_by_id(btf, i);
const char *name = btf__name_by_offset(btf, t->name_off);
if (name && !strcmp(type_name, name))
return i;
}
return -ENOENT;
}
__s32 btf__find_by_name_kind(const struct btf *btf, const char *type_name,
__u32 kind)
{
__u32 i, nr_types = btf__get_nr_types(btf);
if (kind == BTF_KIND_UNKN || !strcmp(type_name, "void"))
return 0;
for (i = 1; i <= nr_types; i++) {
const struct btf_type *t = btf__type_by_id(btf, i);
const char *name;
if (btf_kind(t) != kind)
continue;
name = btf__name_by_offset(btf, t->name_off);
if (name && !strcmp(type_name, name))
return i;
}
return -ENOENT;
}
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
static bool btf_is_modifiable(const struct btf *btf)
{
return (void *)btf->hdr != btf->raw_data;
}
void btf__free(struct btf *btf)
{
if (IS_ERR_OR_NULL(btf))
return;
if (btf->fd >= 0)
close(btf->fd);
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
if (btf_is_modifiable(btf)) {
/* if BTF was modified after loading, it will have a split
* in-memory representation for header, types, and strings
* sections, so we need to free all of them individually. It
* might still have a cached contiguous raw data present,
* which will be unconditionally freed below.
*/
free(btf->hdr);
free(btf->types_data);
free(btf->strs_data);
}
free(btf->raw_data);
free(btf->raw_data_swapped);
free(btf->type_offs);
free(btf);
}
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
static struct btf *btf_new_empty(struct btf *base_btf)
{
struct btf *btf;
btf = calloc(1, sizeof(*btf));
if (!btf)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
btf->nr_types = 0;
btf->start_id = 1;
btf->start_str_off = 0;
btf->fd = -1;
btf->ptr_sz = sizeof(void *);
btf->swapped_endian = false;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
if (base_btf) {
btf->base_btf = base_btf;
btf->start_id = btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1;
btf->start_str_off = base_btf->hdr->str_len;
}
/* +1 for empty string at offset 0 */
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
btf->raw_size = sizeof(struct btf_header) + (base_btf ? 0 : 1);
btf->raw_data = calloc(1, btf->raw_size);
if (!btf->raw_data) {
free(btf);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
}
btf->hdr = btf->raw_data;
btf->hdr->hdr_len = sizeof(struct btf_header);
btf->hdr->magic = BTF_MAGIC;
btf->hdr->version = BTF_VERSION;
btf->types_data = btf->raw_data + btf->hdr->hdr_len;
btf->strs_data = btf->raw_data + btf->hdr->hdr_len;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
btf->hdr->str_len = base_btf ? 0 : 1; /* empty string at offset 0 */
return btf;
}
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
struct btf *btf__new_empty(void)
{
return btf_new_empty(NULL);
}
struct btf *btf__new_empty_split(struct btf *base_btf)
{
return btf_new_empty(base_btf);
}
static struct btf *btf_new(const void *data, __u32 size, struct btf *base_btf)
{
struct btf *btf;
int err;
btf = calloc(1, sizeof(struct btf));
if (!btf)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
btf->nr_types = 0;
btf->start_id = 1;
btf->start_str_off = 0;
if (base_btf) {
btf->base_btf = base_btf;
btf->start_id = btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1;
btf->start_str_off = base_btf->hdr->str_len;
}
btf->raw_data = malloc(size);
if (!btf->raw_data) {
err = -ENOMEM;
goto done;
}
memcpy(btf->raw_data, data, size);
btf->raw_size = size;
btf->hdr = btf->raw_data;
err = btf_parse_hdr(btf);
if (err)
goto done;
btf->strs_data = btf->raw_data + btf->hdr->hdr_len + btf->hdr->str_off;
btf->types_data = btf->raw_data + btf->hdr->hdr_len + btf->hdr->type_off;
err = btf_parse_str_sec(btf);
err = err ?: btf_parse_type_sec(btf);
if (err)
goto done;
btf->fd = -1;
done:
if (err) {
btf__free(btf);
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
return btf;
}
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
struct btf *btf__new(const void *data, __u32 size)
{
return btf_new(data, size, NULL);
}
static struct btf *btf_parse_elf(const char *path, struct btf *base_btf,
struct btf_ext **btf_ext)
{
Elf_Data *btf_data = NULL, *btf_ext_data = NULL;
int err = 0, fd = -1, idx = 0;
struct btf *btf = NULL;
Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
Elf *elf = NULL;
GElf_Ehdr ehdr;
if (elf_version(EV_CURRENT) == EV_NONE) {
pr_warn("failed to init libelf for %s\n", path);
return ERR_PTR(-LIBBPF_ERRNO__LIBELF);
}
fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
if (fd < 0) {
err = -errno;
pr_warn("failed to open %s: %s\n", path, strerror(errno));
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
err = -LIBBPF_ERRNO__FORMAT;
elf = elf_begin(fd, ELF_C_READ, NULL);
if (!elf) {
pr_warn("failed to open %s as ELF file\n", path);
goto done;
}
if (!gelf_getehdr(elf, &ehdr)) {
pr_warn("failed to get EHDR from %s\n", path);
goto done;
}
if (!elf_rawdata(elf_getscn(elf, ehdr.e_shstrndx), NULL)) {
pr_warn("failed to get e_shstrndx from %s\n", path);
goto done;
}
while ((scn = elf_nextscn(elf, scn)) != NULL) {
GElf_Shdr sh;
char *name;
idx++;
if (gelf_getshdr(scn, &sh) != &sh) {
pr_warn("failed to get section(%d) header from %s\n",
idx, path);
goto done;
}
name = elf_strptr(elf, ehdr.e_shstrndx, sh.sh_name);
if (!name) {
pr_warn("failed to get section(%d) name from %s\n",
idx, path);
goto done;
}
if (strcmp(name, BTF_ELF_SEC) == 0) {
btf_data = elf_getdata(scn, 0);
if (!btf_data) {
pr_warn("failed to get section(%d, %s) data from %s\n",
idx, name, path);
goto done;
}
continue;
} else if (btf_ext && strcmp(name, BTF_EXT_ELF_SEC) == 0) {
btf_ext_data = elf_getdata(scn, 0);
if (!btf_ext_data) {
pr_warn("failed to get section(%d, %s) data from %s\n",
idx, name, path);
goto done;
}
continue;
}
}
err = 0;
if (!btf_data) {
err = -ENOENT;
goto done;
}
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
btf = btf_new(btf_data->d_buf, btf_data->d_size, base_btf);
if (IS_ERR(btf))
goto done;
switch (gelf_getclass(elf)) {
case ELFCLASS32:
btf__set_pointer_size(btf, 4);
break;
case ELFCLASS64:
btf__set_pointer_size(btf, 8);
break;
default:
pr_warn("failed to get ELF class (bitness) for %s\n", path);
break;
}
if (btf_ext && btf_ext_data) {
*btf_ext = btf_ext__new(btf_ext_data->d_buf,
btf_ext_data->d_size);
if (IS_ERR(*btf_ext))
goto done;
} else if (btf_ext) {
*btf_ext = NULL;
}
done:
if (elf)
elf_end(elf);
close(fd);
if (err)
return ERR_PTR(err);
/*
* btf is always parsed before btf_ext, so no need to clean up
* btf_ext, if btf loading failed
*/
if (IS_ERR(btf))
return btf;
if (btf_ext && IS_ERR(*btf_ext)) {
btf__free(btf);
err = PTR_ERR(*btf_ext);
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
return btf;
}
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
struct btf *btf__parse_elf(const char *path, struct btf_ext **btf_ext)
{
return btf_parse_elf(path, NULL, btf_ext);
}
struct btf *btf__parse_elf_split(const char *path, struct btf *base_btf)
{
return btf_parse_elf(path, base_btf, NULL);
}
static struct btf *btf_parse_raw(const char *path, struct btf *base_btf)
{
struct btf *btf = NULL;
void *data = NULL;
FILE *f = NULL;
__u16 magic;
int err = 0;
long sz;
f = fopen(path, "rb");
if (!f) {
err = -errno;
goto err_out;
}
/* check BTF magic */
if (fread(&magic, 1, sizeof(magic), f) < sizeof(magic)) {
err = -EIO;
goto err_out;
}
if (magic != BTF_MAGIC && magic != bswap_16(BTF_MAGIC)) {
/* definitely not a raw BTF */
err = -EPROTO;
goto err_out;
}
/* get file size */
if (fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END)) {
err = -errno;
goto err_out;
}
sz = ftell(f);
if (sz < 0) {
err = -errno;
goto err_out;
}
/* rewind to the start */
if (fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET)) {
err = -errno;
goto err_out;
}
/* pre-alloc memory and read all of BTF data */
data = malloc(sz);
if (!data) {
err = -ENOMEM;
goto err_out;
}
if (fread(data, 1, sz, f) < sz) {
err = -EIO;
goto err_out;
}
/* finally parse BTF data */
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
btf = btf_new(data, sz, base_btf);
err_out:
free(data);
if (f)
fclose(f);
return err ? ERR_PTR(err) : btf;
}
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
struct btf *btf__parse_raw(const char *path)
{
return btf_parse_raw(path, NULL);
}
struct btf *btf__parse_raw_split(const char *path, struct btf *base_btf)
{
return btf_parse_raw(path, base_btf);
}
static struct btf *btf_parse(const char *path, struct btf *base_btf, struct btf_ext **btf_ext)
{
struct btf *btf;
if (btf_ext)
*btf_ext = NULL;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
btf = btf_parse_raw(path, base_btf);
if (!IS_ERR(btf) || PTR_ERR(btf) != -EPROTO)
return btf;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
return btf_parse_elf(path, base_btf, btf_ext);
}
struct btf *btf__parse(const char *path, struct btf_ext **btf_ext)
{
return btf_parse(path, NULL, btf_ext);
}
struct btf *btf__parse_split(const char *path, struct btf *base_btf)
{
return btf_parse(path, base_btf, NULL);
}
static int compare_vsi_off(const void *_a, const void *_b)
{
const struct btf_var_secinfo *a = _a;
const struct btf_var_secinfo *b = _b;
return a->offset - b->offset;
}
static int btf_fixup_datasec(struct bpf_object *obj, struct btf *btf,
struct btf_type *t)
{
__u32 size = 0, off = 0, i, vars = btf_vlen(t);
const char *name = btf__name_by_offset(btf, t->name_off);
const struct btf_type *t_var;
struct btf_var_secinfo *vsi;
const struct btf_var *var;
int ret;
if (!name) {
pr_debug("No name found in string section for DATASEC kind.\n");
return -ENOENT;
}
libbpf: Support libbpf-provided extern variables Add support for extern variables, provided to BPF program by libbpf. Currently the following extern variables are supported: - LINUX_KERNEL_VERSION; version of a kernel in which BPF program is executing, follows KERNEL_VERSION() macro convention, can be 4- and 8-byte long; - CONFIG_xxx values; a set of values of actual kernel config. Tristate, boolean, strings, and integer values are supported. Set of possible values is determined by declared type of extern variable. Supported types of variables are: - Tristate values. Are represented as `enum libbpf_tristate`. Accepted values are **strictly** 'y', 'n', or 'm', which are represented as TRI_YES, TRI_NO, or TRI_MODULE, respectively. - Boolean values. Are represented as bool (_Bool) types. Accepted values are 'y' and 'n' only, turning into true/false values, respectively. - Single-character values. Can be used both as a substritute for bool/tristate, or as a small-range integer: - 'y'/'n'/'m' are represented as is, as characters 'y', 'n', or 'm'; - integers in a range [-128, 127] or [0, 255] (depending on signedness of char in target architecture) are recognized and represented with respective values of char type. - Strings. String values are declared as fixed-length char arrays. String of up to that length will be accepted and put in first N bytes of char array, with the rest of bytes zeroed out. If config string value is longer than space alloted, it will be truncated and warning message emitted. Char array is always zero terminated. String literals in config have to be enclosed in double quotes, just like C-style string literals. - Integers. 8-, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit integers are supported, both signed and unsigned variants. Libbpf enforces parsed config value to be in the supported range of corresponding integer type. Integers values in config can be: - decimal integers, with optional + and - signs; - hexadecimal integers, prefixed with 0x or 0X; - octal integers, starting with 0. Config file itself is searched in /boot/config-$(uname -r) location with fallback to /proc/config.gz, unless config path is specified explicitly through bpf_object_open_opts' kernel_config_path option. Both gzipped and plain text formats are supported. Libbpf adds explicit dependency on zlib because of this, but this shouldn't be a problem, given libelf already depends on zlib. All detected extern variables, are put into a separate .extern internal map. It, similarly to .rodata map, is marked as read-only from BPF program side, as well as is frozen on load. This allows BPF verifier to track extern values as constants and perform enhanced branch prediction and dead code elimination. This can be relied upon for doing kernel version/feature detection and using potentially unsupported field relocations or BPF helpers in a CO-RE-based BPF program, while still having a single version of BPF program running on old and new kernels. Selftests are validating this explicitly for unexisting BPF helper. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20191214014710.3449601-3-andriin@fb.com
2019-12-14 01:47:08 +00:00
/* .extern datasec size and var offsets were set correctly during
* extern collection step, so just skip straight to sorting variables
*/
if (t->size)
goto sort_vars;
ret = bpf_object__section_size(obj, name, &size);
if (ret || !size || (t->size && t->size != size)) {
pr_debug("Invalid size for section %s: %u bytes\n", name, size);
return -ENOENT;
}
t->size = size;
for (i = 0, vsi = btf_var_secinfos(t); i < vars; i++, vsi++) {
t_var = btf__type_by_id(btf, vsi->type);
var = btf_var(t_var);
if (!btf_is_var(t_var)) {
pr_debug("Non-VAR type seen in section %s\n", name);
return -EINVAL;
}
if (var->linkage == BTF_VAR_STATIC)
continue;
name = btf__name_by_offset(btf, t_var->name_off);
if (!name) {
pr_debug("No name found in string section for VAR kind\n");
return -ENOENT;
}
ret = bpf_object__variable_offset(obj, name, &off);
if (ret) {
pr_debug("No offset found in symbol table for VAR %s\n",
name);
return -ENOENT;
}
vsi->offset = off;
}
libbpf: Support libbpf-provided extern variables Add support for extern variables, provided to BPF program by libbpf. Currently the following extern variables are supported: - LINUX_KERNEL_VERSION; version of a kernel in which BPF program is executing, follows KERNEL_VERSION() macro convention, can be 4- and 8-byte long; - CONFIG_xxx values; a set of values of actual kernel config. Tristate, boolean, strings, and integer values are supported. Set of possible values is determined by declared type of extern variable. Supported types of variables are: - Tristate values. Are represented as `enum libbpf_tristate`. Accepted values are **strictly** 'y', 'n', or 'm', which are represented as TRI_YES, TRI_NO, or TRI_MODULE, respectively. - Boolean values. Are represented as bool (_Bool) types. Accepted values are 'y' and 'n' only, turning into true/false values, respectively. - Single-character values. Can be used both as a substritute for bool/tristate, or as a small-range integer: - 'y'/'n'/'m' are represented as is, as characters 'y', 'n', or 'm'; - integers in a range [-128, 127] or [0, 255] (depending on signedness of char in target architecture) are recognized and represented with respective values of char type. - Strings. String values are declared as fixed-length char arrays. String of up to that length will be accepted and put in first N bytes of char array, with the rest of bytes zeroed out. If config string value is longer than space alloted, it will be truncated and warning message emitted. Char array is always zero terminated. String literals in config have to be enclosed in double quotes, just like C-style string literals. - Integers. 8-, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit integers are supported, both signed and unsigned variants. Libbpf enforces parsed config value to be in the supported range of corresponding integer type. Integers values in config can be: - decimal integers, with optional + and - signs; - hexadecimal integers, prefixed with 0x or 0X; - octal integers, starting with 0. Config file itself is searched in /boot/config-$(uname -r) location with fallback to /proc/config.gz, unless config path is specified explicitly through bpf_object_open_opts' kernel_config_path option. Both gzipped and plain text formats are supported. Libbpf adds explicit dependency on zlib because of this, but this shouldn't be a problem, given libelf already depends on zlib. All detected extern variables, are put into a separate .extern internal map. It, similarly to .rodata map, is marked as read-only from BPF program side, as well as is frozen on load. This allows BPF verifier to track extern values as constants and perform enhanced branch prediction and dead code elimination. This can be relied upon for doing kernel version/feature detection and using potentially unsupported field relocations or BPF helpers in a CO-RE-based BPF program, while still having a single version of BPF program running on old and new kernels. Selftests are validating this explicitly for unexisting BPF helper. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20191214014710.3449601-3-andriin@fb.com
2019-12-14 01:47:08 +00:00
sort_vars:
qsort(btf_var_secinfos(t), vars, sizeof(*vsi), compare_vsi_off);
return 0;
}
int btf__finalize_data(struct bpf_object *obj, struct btf *btf)
{
int err = 0;
__u32 i;
for (i = 1; i <= btf->nr_types; i++) {
struct btf_type *t = btf_type_by_id(btf, i);
/* Loader needs to fix up some of the things compiler
* couldn't get its hands on while emitting BTF. This
* is section size and global variable offset. We use
* the info from the ELF itself for this purpose.
*/
if (btf_is_datasec(t)) {
err = btf_fixup_datasec(obj, btf, t);
if (err)
break;
}
}
return err;
}
static void *btf_get_raw_data(const struct btf *btf, __u32 *size, bool swap_endian);
int btf__load(struct btf *btf)
{
__u32 log_buf_size = 0, raw_size;
char *log_buf = NULL;
void *raw_data;
int err = 0;
if (btf->fd >= 0)
return -EEXIST;
retry_load:
if (log_buf_size) {
log_buf = malloc(log_buf_size);
if (!log_buf)
return -ENOMEM;
*log_buf = 0;
}
raw_data = btf_get_raw_data(btf, &raw_size, false);
if (!raw_data) {
err = -ENOMEM;
goto done;
}
/* cache native raw data representation */
btf->raw_size = raw_size;
btf->raw_data = raw_data;
btf->fd = bpf_load_btf(raw_data, raw_size, log_buf, log_buf_size, false);
if (btf->fd < 0) {
if (!log_buf || errno == ENOSPC) {
log_buf_size = max((__u32)BPF_LOG_BUF_SIZE,
log_buf_size << 1);
free(log_buf);
goto retry_load;
}
err = -errno;
pr_warn("Error loading BTF: %s(%d)\n", strerror(errno), errno);
if (*log_buf)
pr_warn("%s\n", log_buf);
goto done;
}
done:
free(log_buf);
return err;
}
int btf__fd(const struct btf *btf)
{
return btf->fd;
}
void btf__set_fd(struct btf *btf, int fd)
{
btf->fd = fd;
}
static void *btf_get_raw_data(const struct btf *btf, __u32 *size, bool swap_endian)
{
struct btf_header *hdr = btf->hdr;
struct btf_type *t;
void *data, *p;
__u32 data_sz;
int i;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
data = swap_endian ? btf->raw_data_swapped : btf->raw_data;
if (data) {
*size = btf->raw_size;
return data;
}
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
data_sz = hdr->hdr_len + hdr->type_len + hdr->str_len;
data = calloc(1, data_sz);
if (!data)
return NULL;
p = data;
memcpy(p, hdr, hdr->hdr_len);
if (swap_endian)
btf_bswap_hdr(p);
p += hdr->hdr_len;
memcpy(p, btf->types_data, hdr->type_len);
if (swap_endian) {
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < btf->nr_types; i++) {
t = p + btf->type_offs[i];
/* btf_bswap_type_rest() relies on native t->info, so
* we swap base type info after we swapped all the
* additional information
*/
if (btf_bswap_type_rest(t))
goto err_out;
btf_bswap_type_base(t);
}
}
p += hdr->type_len;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
memcpy(p, btf->strs_data, hdr->str_len);
p += hdr->str_len;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
*size = data_sz;
return data;
err_out:
free(data);
return NULL;
}
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
const void *btf__get_raw_data(const struct btf *btf_ro, __u32 *size)
{
struct btf *btf = (struct btf *)btf_ro;
__u32 data_sz;
void *data;
data = btf_get_raw_data(btf, &data_sz, btf->swapped_endian);
if (!data)
return NULL;
btf->raw_size = data_sz;
if (btf->swapped_endian)
btf->raw_data_swapped = data;
else
btf->raw_data = data;
*size = data_sz;
return data;
}
const char *btf__str_by_offset(const struct btf *btf, __u32 offset)
{
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
if (offset < btf->start_str_off)
return btf__str_by_offset(btf->base_btf, offset);
else if (offset - btf->start_str_off < btf->hdr->str_len)
return btf->strs_data + (offset - btf->start_str_off);
else
return NULL;
}
const char *btf__name_by_offset(const struct btf *btf, __u32 offset)
{
return btf__str_by_offset(btf, offset);
}
int btf__get_from_id(__u32 id, struct btf **btf)
{
struct bpf_btf_info btf_info = { 0 };
__u32 len = sizeof(btf_info);
__u32 last_size;
int btf_fd;
void *ptr;
int err;
err = 0;
*btf = NULL;
btf_fd = bpf_btf_get_fd_by_id(id);
if (btf_fd < 0)
return 0;
/* we won't know btf_size until we call bpf_obj_get_info_by_fd(). so
* let's start with a sane default - 4KiB here - and resize it only if
* bpf_obj_get_info_by_fd() needs a bigger buffer.
*/
btf_info.btf_size = 4096;
last_size = btf_info.btf_size;
ptr = malloc(last_size);
if (!ptr) {
err = -ENOMEM;
goto exit_free;
}
memset(ptr, 0, last_size);
btf_info.btf = ptr_to_u64(ptr);
err = bpf_obj_get_info_by_fd(btf_fd, &btf_info, &len);
if (!err && btf_info.btf_size > last_size) {
void *temp_ptr;
last_size = btf_info.btf_size;
temp_ptr = realloc(ptr, last_size);
if (!temp_ptr) {
err = -ENOMEM;
goto exit_free;
}
ptr = temp_ptr;
memset(ptr, 0, last_size);
btf_info.btf = ptr_to_u64(ptr);
err = bpf_obj_get_info_by_fd(btf_fd, &btf_info, &len);
}
if (err || btf_info.btf_size > last_size) {
err = errno;
goto exit_free;
}
*btf = btf__new((__u8 *)(long)btf_info.btf, btf_info.btf_size);
if (IS_ERR(*btf)) {
err = PTR_ERR(*btf);
*btf = NULL;
}
exit_free:
close(btf_fd);
free(ptr);
return err;
}
int btf__get_map_kv_tids(const struct btf *btf, const char *map_name,
__u32 expected_key_size, __u32 expected_value_size,
__u32 *key_type_id, __u32 *value_type_id)
{
const struct btf_type *container_type;
const struct btf_member *key, *value;
const size_t max_name = 256;
char container_name[max_name];
__s64 key_size, value_size;
__s32 container_id;
if (snprintf(container_name, max_name, "____btf_map_%s", map_name) ==
max_name) {
pr_warn("map:%s length of '____btf_map_%s' is too long\n",
map_name, map_name);
return -EINVAL;
}
container_id = btf__find_by_name(btf, container_name);
if (container_id < 0) {
pr_debug("map:%s container_name:%s cannot be found in BTF. Missing BPF_ANNOTATE_KV_PAIR?\n",
map_name, container_name);
return container_id;
}
container_type = btf__type_by_id(btf, container_id);
if (!container_type) {
pr_warn("map:%s cannot find BTF type for container_id:%u\n",
map_name, container_id);
return -EINVAL;
}
if (!btf_is_struct(container_type) || btf_vlen(container_type) < 2) {
pr_warn("map:%s container_name:%s is an invalid container struct\n",
map_name, container_name);
return -EINVAL;
}
key = btf_members(container_type);
value = key + 1;
key_size = btf__resolve_size(btf, key->type);
if (key_size < 0) {
pr_warn("map:%s invalid BTF key_type_size\n", map_name);
return key_size;
}
if (expected_key_size != key_size) {
pr_warn("map:%s btf_key_type_size:%u != map_def_key_size:%u\n",
map_name, (__u32)key_size, expected_key_size);
return -EINVAL;
}
value_size = btf__resolve_size(btf, value->type);
if (value_size < 0) {
pr_warn("map:%s invalid BTF value_type_size\n", map_name);
return value_size;
}
if (expected_value_size != value_size) {
pr_warn("map:%s btf_value_type_size:%u != map_def_value_size:%u\n",
map_name, (__u32)value_size, expected_value_size);
return -EINVAL;
}
*key_type_id = key->type;
*value_type_id = value->type;
return 0;
}
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
static size_t strs_hash_fn(const void *key, void *ctx)
{
const struct btf *btf = ctx;
const char *strs = *btf->strs_data_ptr;
const char *str = strs + (long)key;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
return str_hash(str);
}
static bool strs_hash_equal_fn(const void *key1, const void *key2, void *ctx)
{
const struct btf *btf = ctx;
const char *strs = *btf->strs_data_ptr;
const char *str1 = strs + (long)key1;
const char *str2 = strs + (long)key2;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
return strcmp(str1, str2) == 0;
}
static void btf_invalidate_raw_data(struct btf *btf)
{
if (btf->raw_data) {
free(btf->raw_data);
btf->raw_data = NULL;
}
if (btf->raw_data_swapped) {
free(btf->raw_data_swapped);
btf->raw_data_swapped = NULL;
}
}
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
/* Ensure BTF is ready to be modified (by splitting into a three memory
* regions for header, types, and strings). Also invalidate cached
* raw_data, if any.
*/
static int btf_ensure_modifiable(struct btf *btf)
{
void *hdr, *types, *strs, *strs_end, *s;
struct hashmap *hash = NULL;
long off;
int err;
if (btf_is_modifiable(btf)) {
/* any BTF modification invalidates raw_data */
btf_invalidate_raw_data(btf);
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
return 0;
}
/* split raw data into three memory regions */
hdr = malloc(btf->hdr->hdr_len);
types = malloc(btf->hdr->type_len);
strs = malloc(btf->hdr->str_len);
if (!hdr || !types || !strs)
goto err_out;
memcpy(hdr, btf->hdr, btf->hdr->hdr_len);
memcpy(types, btf->types_data, btf->hdr->type_len);
memcpy(strs, btf->strs_data, btf->hdr->str_len);
/* make hashmap below use btf->strs_data as a source of strings */
btf->strs_data_ptr = &btf->strs_data;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
/* build lookup index for all strings */
hash = hashmap__new(strs_hash_fn, strs_hash_equal_fn, btf);
if (IS_ERR(hash)) {
err = PTR_ERR(hash);
hash = NULL;
goto err_out;
}
strs_end = strs + btf->hdr->str_len;
for (off = 0, s = strs; s < strs_end; off += strlen(s) + 1, s = strs + off) {
/* hashmap__add() returns EEXIST if string with the same
* content already is in the hash map
*/
err = hashmap__add(hash, (void *)off, (void *)off);
if (err == -EEXIST)
continue; /* duplicate */
if (err)
goto err_out;
}
/* only when everything was successful, update internal state */
btf->hdr = hdr;
btf->types_data = types;
btf->types_data_cap = btf->hdr->type_len;
btf->strs_data = strs;
btf->strs_data_cap = btf->hdr->str_len;
btf->strs_hash = hash;
/* if BTF was created from scratch, all strings are guaranteed to be
* unique and deduplicated
*/
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
if (btf->hdr->str_len == 0)
btf->strs_deduped = true;
if (!btf->base_btf && btf->hdr->str_len == 1)
btf->strs_deduped = true;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
/* invalidate raw_data representation */
btf_invalidate_raw_data(btf);
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
return 0;
err_out:
hashmap__free(hash);
free(hdr);
free(types);
free(strs);
return -ENOMEM;
}
static void *btf_add_str_mem(struct btf *btf, size_t add_sz)
{
return btf_add_mem(&btf->strs_data, &btf->strs_data_cap, 1,
btf->hdr->str_len, BTF_MAX_STR_OFFSET, add_sz);
}
/* Find an offset in BTF string section that corresponds to a given string *s*.
* Returns:
* - >0 offset into string section, if string is found;
* - -ENOENT, if string is not in the string section;
* - <0, on any other error.
*/
int btf__find_str(struct btf *btf, const char *s)
{
long old_off, new_off, len;
void *p;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
if (btf->base_btf) {
int ret;
ret = btf__find_str(btf->base_btf, s);
if (ret != -ENOENT)
return ret;
}
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
/* BTF needs to be in a modifiable state to build string lookup index */
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
/* see btf__add_str() for why we do this */
len = strlen(s) + 1;
p = btf_add_str_mem(btf, len);
if (!p)
return -ENOMEM;
new_off = btf->hdr->str_len;
memcpy(p, s, len);
if (hashmap__find(btf->strs_hash, (void *)new_off, (void **)&old_off))
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
return btf->start_str_off + old_off;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
return -ENOENT;
}
/* Add a string s to the BTF string section.
* Returns:
* - > 0 offset into string section, on success;
* - < 0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_str(struct btf *btf, const char *s)
{
long old_off, new_off, len;
void *p;
int err;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
if (btf->base_btf) {
int ret;
ret = btf__find_str(btf->base_btf, s);
if (ret != -ENOENT)
return ret;
}
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
/* Hashmap keys are always offsets within btf->strs_data, so to even
* look up some string from the "outside", we need to first append it
* at the end, so that it can be addressed with an offset. Luckily,
* until btf->hdr->str_len is incremented, that string is just a piece
* of garbage for the rest of BTF code, so no harm, no foul. On the
* other hand, if the string is unique, it's already appended and
* ready to be used, only a simple btf->hdr->str_len increment away.
*/
len = strlen(s) + 1;
p = btf_add_str_mem(btf, len);
if (!p)
return -ENOMEM;
new_off = btf->hdr->str_len;
memcpy(p, s, len);
/* Now attempt to add the string, but only if the string with the same
* contents doesn't exist already (HASHMAP_ADD strategy). If such
* string exists, we'll get its offset in old_off (that's old_key).
*/
err = hashmap__insert(btf->strs_hash, (void *)new_off, (void *)new_off,
HASHMAP_ADD, (const void **)&old_off, NULL);
if (err == -EEXIST)
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
return btf->start_str_off + old_off; /* duplicated string, return existing offset */
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
if (err)
return err;
btf->hdr->str_len += len; /* new unique string, adjust data length */
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
return btf->start_str_off + new_off;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
}
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
static void *btf_add_type_mem(struct btf *btf, size_t add_sz)
{
return btf_add_mem(&btf->types_data, &btf->types_data_cap, 1,
btf->hdr->type_len, UINT_MAX, add_sz);
}
static __u32 btf_type_info(int kind, int vlen, int kflag)
{
return (kflag << 31) | (kind << 24) | vlen;
}
static void btf_type_inc_vlen(struct btf_type *t)
{
t->info = btf_type_info(btf_kind(t), btf_vlen(t) + 1, btf_kflag(t));
}
static int btf_commit_type(struct btf *btf, int data_sz)
{
int err;
err = btf_add_type_idx_entry(btf, btf->hdr->type_len);
if (err)
return err;
btf->hdr->type_len += data_sz;
btf->hdr->str_off += data_sz;
btf->nr_types++;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
return btf->start_id + btf->nr_types - 1;
}
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_INT type with:
* - *name* - non-empty, non-NULL type name;
* - *sz* - power-of-2 (1, 2, 4, ..) size of the type, in bytes;
* - encoding is a combination of BTF_INT_SIGNED, BTF_INT_CHAR, BTF_INT_BOOL.
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_int(struct btf *btf, const char *name, size_t byte_sz, int encoding)
{
struct btf_type *t;
int sz, name_off;
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
/* non-empty name */
if (!name || !name[0])
return -EINVAL;
/* byte_sz must be power of 2 */
if (!byte_sz || (byte_sz & (byte_sz - 1)) || byte_sz > 16)
return -EINVAL;
if (encoding & ~(BTF_INT_SIGNED | BTF_INT_CHAR | BTF_INT_BOOL))
return -EINVAL;
/* deconstruct BTF, if necessary, and invalidate raw_data */
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_type) + sizeof(int);
t = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!t)
return -ENOMEM;
/* if something goes wrong later, we might end up with an extra string,
* but that shouldn't be a problem, because BTF can't be constructed
* completely anyway and will most probably be just discarded
*/
name_off = btf__add_str(btf, name);
if (name_off < 0)
return name_off;
t->name_off = name_off;
t->info = btf_type_info(BTF_KIND_INT, 0, 0);
t->size = byte_sz;
/* set INT info, we don't allow setting legacy bit offset/size */
*(__u32 *)(t + 1) = (encoding << 24) | (byte_sz * 8);
return btf_commit_type(btf, sz);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
}
/* it's completely legal to append BTF types with type IDs pointing forward to
* types that haven't been appended yet, so we only make sure that id looks
* sane, we can't guarantee that ID will always be valid
*/
static int validate_type_id(int id)
{
if (id < 0 || id > BTF_MAX_NR_TYPES)
return -EINVAL;
return 0;
}
/* generic append function for PTR, TYPEDEF, CONST/VOLATILE/RESTRICT */
static int btf_add_ref_kind(struct btf *btf, int kind, const char *name, int ref_type_id)
{
struct btf_type *t;
int sz, name_off = 0;
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
if (validate_type_id(ref_type_id))
return -EINVAL;
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_type);
t = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!t)
return -ENOMEM;
if (name && name[0]) {
name_off = btf__add_str(btf, name);
if (name_off < 0)
return name_off;
}
t->name_off = name_off;
t->info = btf_type_info(kind, 0, 0);
t->type = ref_type_id;
return btf_commit_type(btf, sz);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_PTR type with:
* - *ref_type_id* - referenced type ID, it might not exist yet;
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_ptr(struct btf *btf, int ref_type_id)
{
return btf_add_ref_kind(btf, BTF_KIND_PTR, NULL, ref_type_id);
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_ARRAY type with:
* - *index_type_id* - type ID of the type describing array index;
* - *elem_type_id* - type ID of the type describing array element;
* - *nr_elems* - the size of the array;
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_array(struct btf *btf, int index_type_id, int elem_type_id, __u32 nr_elems)
{
struct btf_type *t;
struct btf_array *a;
int sz;
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
if (validate_type_id(index_type_id) || validate_type_id(elem_type_id))
return -EINVAL;
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_type) + sizeof(struct btf_array);
t = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!t)
return -ENOMEM;
t->name_off = 0;
t->info = btf_type_info(BTF_KIND_ARRAY, 0, 0);
t->size = 0;
a = btf_array(t);
a->type = elem_type_id;
a->index_type = index_type_id;
a->nelems = nr_elems;
return btf_commit_type(btf, sz);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
}
/* generic STRUCT/UNION append function */
static int btf_add_composite(struct btf *btf, int kind, const char *name, __u32 bytes_sz)
{
struct btf_type *t;
int sz, name_off = 0;
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_type);
t = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!t)
return -ENOMEM;
if (name && name[0]) {
name_off = btf__add_str(btf, name);
if (name_off < 0)
return name_off;
}
/* start out with vlen=0 and no kflag; this will be adjusted when
* adding each member
*/
t->name_off = name_off;
t->info = btf_type_info(kind, 0, 0);
t->size = bytes_sz;
return btf_commit_type(btf, sz);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_STRUCT type with:
* - *name* - name of the struct, can be NULL or empty for anonymous structs;
* - *byte_sz* - size of the struct, in bytes;
*
* Struct initially has no fields in it. Fields can be added by
* btf__add_field() right after btf__add_struct() succeeds.
*
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_struct(struct btf *btf, const char *name, __u32 byte_sz)
{
return btf_add_composite(btf, BTF_KIND_STRUCT, name, byte_sz);
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_UNION type with:
* - *name* - name of the union, can be NULL or empty for anonymous union;
* - *byte_sz* - size of the union, in bytes;
*
* Union initially has no fields in it. Fields can be added by
* btf__add_field() right after btf__add_union() succeeds. All fields
* should have *bit_offset* of 0.
*
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_union(struct btf *btf, const char *name, __u32 byte_sz)
{
return btf_add_composite(btf, BTF_KIND_UNION, name, byte_sz);
}
static struct btf_type *btf_last_type(struct btf *btf)
{
return btf_type_by_id(btf, btf__get_nr_types(btf));
}
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
/*
* Append new field for the current STRUCT/UNION type with:
* - *name* - name of the field, can be NULL or empty for anonymous field;
* - *type_id* - type ID for the type describing field type;
* - *bit_offset* - bit offset of the start of the field within struct/union;
* - *bit_size* - bit size of a bitfield, 0 for non-bitfield fields;
* Returns:
* - 0, on success;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_field(struct btf *btf, const char *name, int type_id,
__u32 bit_offset, __u32 bit_size)
{
struct btf_type *t;
struct btf_member *m;
bool is_bitfield;
int sz, name_off = 0;
/* last type should be union/struct */
if (btf->nr_types == 0)
return -EINVAL;
t = btf_last_type(btf);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
if (!btf_is_composite(t))
return -EINVAL;
if (validate_type_id(type_id))
return -EINVAL;
/* best-effort bit field offset/size enforcement */
is_bitfield = bit_size || (bit_offset % 8 != 0);
if (is_bitfield && (bit_size == 0 || bit_size > 255 || bit_offset > 0xffffff))
return -EINVAL;
/* only offset 0 is allowed for unions */
if (btf_is_union(t) && bit_offset)
return -EINVAL;
/* decompose and invalidate raw data */
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_member);
m = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!m)
return -ENOMEM;
if (name && name[0]) {
name_off = btf__add_str(btf, name);
if (name_off < 0)
return name_off;
}
m->name_off = name_off;
m->type = type_id;
m->offset = bit_offset | (bit_size << 24);
/* btf_add_type_mem can invalidate t pointer */
t = btf_last_type(btf);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
/* update parent type's vlen and kflag */
t->info = btf_type_info(btf_kind(t), btf_vlen(t) + 1, is_bitfield || btf_kflag(t));
btf->hdr->type_len += sz;
btf->hdr->str_off += sz;
return 0;
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_ENUM type with:
* - *name* - name of the enum, can be NULL or empty for anonymous enums;
* - *byte_sz* - size of the enum, in bytes.
*
* Enum initially has no enum values in it (and corresponds to enum forward
* declaration). Enumerator values can be added by btf__add_enum_value()
* immediately after btf__add_enum() succeeds.
*
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_enum(struct btf *btf, const char *name, __u32 byte_sz)
{
struct btf_type *t;
int sz, name_off = 0;
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
/* byte_sz must be power of 2 */
if (!byte_sz || (byte_sz & (byte_sz - 1)) || byte_sz > 8)
return -EINVAL;
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_type);
t = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!t)
return -ENOMEM;
if (name && name[0]) {
name_off = btf__add_str(btf, name);
if (name_off < 0)
return name_off;
}
/* start out with vlen=0; it will be adjusted when adding enum values */
t->name_off = name_off;
t->info = btf_type_info(BTF_KIND_ENUM, 0, 0);
t->size = byte_sz;
return btf_commit_type(btf, sz);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
}
/*
* Append new enum value for the current ENUM type with:
* - *name* - name of the enumerator value, can't be NULL or empty;
* - *value* - integer value corresponding to enum value *name*;
* Returns:
* - 0, on success;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_enum_value(struct btf *btf, const char *name, __s64 value)
{
struct btf_type *t;
struct btf_enum *v;
int sz, name_off;
/* last type should be BTF_KIND_ENUM */
if (btf->nr_types == 0)
return -EINVAL;
t = btf_last_type(btf);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
if (!btf_is_enum(t))
return -EINVAL;
/* non-empty name */
if (!name || !name[0])
return -EINVAL;
if (value < INT_MIN || value > UINT_MAX)
return -E2BIG;
/* decompose and invalidate raw data */
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_enum);
v = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!v)
return -ENOMEM;
name_off = btf__add_str(btf, name);
if (name_off < 0)
return name_off;
v->name_off = name_off;
v->val = value;
/* update parent type's vlen */
t = btf_last_type(btf);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
btf_type_inc_vlen(t);
btf->hdr->type_len += sz;
btf->hdr->str_off += sz;
return 0;
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_FWD type with:
* - *name*, non-empty/non-NULL name;
* - *fwd_kind*, kind of forward declaration, one of BTF_FWD_STRUCT,
* BTF_FWD_UNION, or BTF_FWD_ENUM;
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_fwd(struct btf *btf, const char *name, enum btf_fwd_kind fwd_kind)
{
if (!name || !name[0])
return -EINVAL;
switch (fwd_kind) {
case BTF_FWD_STRUCT:
case BTF_FWD_UNION: {
struct btf_type *t;
int id;
id = btf_add_ref_kind(btf, BTF_KIND_FWD, name, 0);
if (id <= 0)
return id;
t = btf_type_by_id(btf, id);
t->info = btf_type_info(BTF_KIND_FWD, 0, fwd_kind == BTF_FWD_UNION);
return id;
}
case BTF_FWD_ENUM:
/* enum forward in BTF currently is just an enum with no enum
* values; we also assume a standard 4-byte size for it
*/
return btf__add_enum(btf, name, sizeof(int));
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KING_TYPEDEF type with:
* - *name*, non-empty/non-NULL name;
* - *ref_type_id* - referenced type ID, it might not exist yet;
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_typedef(struct btf *btf, const char *name, int ref_type_id)
{
if (!name || !name[0])
return -EINVAL;
return btf_add_ref_kind(btf, BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF, name, ref_type_id);
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_VOLATILE type with:
* - *ref_type_id* - referenced type ID, it might not exist yet;
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_volatile(struct btf *btf, int ref_type_id)
{
return btf_add_ref_kind(btf, BTF_KIND_VOLATILE, NULL, ref_type_id);
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_CONST type with:
* - *ref_type_id* - referenced type ID, it might not exist yet;
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_const(struct btf *btf, int ref_type_id)
{
return btf_add_ref_kind(btf, BTF_KIND_CONST, NULL, ref_type_id);
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_RESTRICT type with:
* - *ref_type_id* - referenced type ID, it might not exist yet;
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_restrict(struct btf *btf, int ref_type_id)
{
return btf_add_ref_kind(btf, BTF_KIND_RESTRICT, NULL, ref_type_id);
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_FUNC type with:
* - *name*, non-empty/non-NULL name;
* - *proto_type_id* - FUNC_PROTO's type ID, it might not exist yet;
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_func(struct btf *btf, const char *name,
enum btf_func_linkage linkage, int proto_type_id)
{
int id;
if (!name || !name[0])
return -EINVAL;
if (linkage != BTF_FUNC_STATIC && linkage != BTF_FUNC_GLOBAL &&
linkage != BTF_FUNC_EXTERN)
return -EINVAL;
id = btf_add_ref_kind(btf, BTF_KIND_FUNC, name, proto_type_id);
if (id > 0) {
struct btf_type *t = btf_type_by_id(btf, id);
t->info = btf_type_info(BTF_KIND_FUNC, linkage, 0);
}
return id;
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO with:
* - *ret_type_id* - type ID for return result of a function.
*
* Function prototype initially has no arguments, but they can be added by
* btf__add_func_param() one by one, immediately after
* btf__add_func_proto() succeeded.
*
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_func_proto(struct btf *btf, int ret_type_id)
{
struct btf_type *t;
int sz;
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
if (validate_type_id(ret_type_id))
return -EINVAL;
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_type);
t = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!t)
return -ENOMEM;
/* start out with vlen=0; this will be adjusted when adding enum
* values, if necessary
*/
t->name_off = 0;
t->info = btf_type_info(BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO, 0, 0);
t->type = ret_type_id;
return btf_commit_type(btf, sz);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
}
/*
* Append new function parameter for current FUNC_PROTO type with:
* - *name* - parameter name, can be NULL or empty;
* - *type_id* - type ID describing the type of the parameter.
* Returns:
* - 0, on success;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_func_param(struct btf *btf, const char *name, int type_id)
{
struct btf_type *t;
struct btf_param *p;
int sz, name_off = 0;
if (validate_type_id(type_id))
return -EINVAL;
/* last type should be BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO */
if (btf->nr_types == 0)
return -EINVAL;
t = btf_last_type(btf);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
if (!btf_is_func_proto(t))
return -EINVAL;
/* decompose and invalidate raw data */
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_param);
p = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!p)
return -ENOMEM;
if (name && name[0]) {
name_off = btf__add_str(btf, name);
if (name_off < 0)
return name_off;
}
p->name_off = name_off;
p->type = type_id;
/* update parent type's vlen */
t = btf_last_type(btf);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
btf_type_inc_vlen(t);
btf->hdr->type_len += sz;
btf->hdr->str_off += sz;
return 0;
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_VAR type with:
* - *name* - non-empty/non-NULL name;
* - *linkage* - variable linkage, one of BTF_VAR_STATIC,
* BTF_VAR_GLOBAL_ALLOCATED, or BTF_VAR_GLOBAL_EXTERN;
* - *type_id* - type ID of the type describing the type of the variable.
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_var(struct btf *btf, const char *name, int linkage, int type_id)
{
struct btf_type *t;
struct btf_var *v;
int sz, name_off;
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
/* non-empty name */
if (!name || !name[0])
return -EINVAL;
if (linkage != BTF_VAR_STATIC && linkage != BTF_VAR_GLOBAL_ALLOCATED &&
linkage != BTF_VAR_GLOBAL_EXTERN)
return -EINVAL;
if (validate_type_id(type_id))
return -EINVAL;
/* deconstruct BTF, if necessary, and invalidate raw_data */
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_type) + sizeof(struct btf_var);
t = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!t)
return -ENOMEM;
name_off = btf__add_str(btf, name);
if (name_off < 0)
return name_off;
t->name_off = name_off;
t->info = btf_type_info(BTF_KIND_VAR, 0, 0);
t->type = type_id;
v = btf_var(t);
v->linkage = linkage;
return btf_commit_type(btf, sz);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
}
/*
* Append new BTF_KIND_DATASEC type with:
* - *name* - non-empty/non-NULL name;
* - *byte_sz* - data section size, in bytes.
*
* Data section is initially empty. Variables info can be added with
* btf__add_datasec_var_info() calls, after btf__add_datasec() succeeds.
*
* Returns:
* - >0, type ID of newly added BTF type;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_datasec(struct btf *btf, const char *name, __u32 byte_sz)
{
struct btf_type *t;
int sz, name_off;
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
/* non-empty name */
if (!name || !name[0])
return -EINVAL;
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_type);
t = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!t)
return -ENOMEM;
name_off = btf__add_str(btf, name);
if (name_off < 0)
return name_off;
/* start with vlen=0, which will be update as var_secinfos are added */
t->name_off = name_off;
t->info = btf_type_info(BTF_KIND_DATASEC, 0, 0);
t->size = byte_sz;
return btf_commit_type(btf, sz);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
}
/*
* Append new data section variable information entry for current DATASEC type:
* - *var_type_id* - type ID, describing type of the variable;
* - *offset* - variable offset within data section, in bytes;
* - *byte_sz* - variable size, in bytes.
*
* Returns:
* - 0, on success;
* - <0, on error.
*/
int btf__add_datasec_var_info(struct btf *btf, int var_type_id, __u32 offset, __u32 byte_sz)
{
struct btf_type *t;
struct btf_var_secinfo *v;
int sz;
/* last type should be BTF_KIND_DATASEC */
if (btf->nr_types == 0)
return -EINVAL;
t = btf_last_type(btf);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
if (!btf_is_datasec(t))
return -EINVAL;
if (validate_type_id(var_type_id))
return -EINVAL;
/* decompose and invalidate raw data */
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
sz = sizeof(struct btf_var_secinfo);
v = btf_add_type_mem(btf, sz);
if (!v)
return -ENOMEM;
v->type = var_type_id;
v->offset = offset;
v->size = byte_sz;
/* update parent type's vlen */
t = btf_last_type(btf);
libbpf: Add BTF writing APIs Add APIs for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object. Each BTF kind has either one API of the form btf__add_<kind>(). For types that have variable amount of additional items (struct/union, enum, func_proto, datasec), additional API is provided to emit each such item. E.g., for emitting a struct, one would use the following sequence of API calls: btf__add_struct(...); btf__add_field(...); ... btf__add_field(...); Each btf__add_field() will ensure that the last BTF type is of STRUCT or UNION kind and will automatically increment that type's vlen field. All the strings are provided as C strings (const char *), not a string offset. This significantly improves usability of BTF writer APIs. All such strings will be automatically appended to string section or existing string will be re-used, if such string was already added previously. Each API attempts to do all the reasonable validations, like enforcing non-empty names for entities with required names, proper value bounds, various bit offset restrictions, etc. Type ID validation is minimal because it's possible to emit a type that refers to type that will be emitted later, so libbpf has no way to enforce such cases. User must be careful to properly emit all the necessary types and specify type IDs that will be valid in the finally generated BTF. Each of btf__add_<kind>() APIs return new type ID on success or negative value on error. APIs like btf__add_field() that emit additional items return zero on success and negative value on error. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200929020533.711288-2-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-29 02:05:30 +00:00
btf_type_inc_vlen(t);
btf->hdr->type_len += sz;
btf->hdr->str_off += sz;
return 0;
}
struct btf_ext_sec_setup_param {
__u32 off;
__u32 len;
__u32 min_rec_size;
struct btf_ext_info *ext_info;
const char *desc;
};
static int btf_ext_setup_info(struct btf_ext *btf_ext,
struct btf_ext_sec_setup_param *ext_sec)
{
const struct btf_ext_info_sec *sinfo;
struct btf_ext_info *ext_info;
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
__u32 info_left, record_size;
/* The start of the info sec (including the __u32 record_size). */
void *info;
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
if (ext_sec->len == 0)
return 0;
if (ext_sec->off & 0x03) {
pr_debug(".BTF.ext %s section is not aligned to 4 bytes\n",
ext_sec->desc);
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
}
info = btf_ext->data + btf_ext->hdr->hdr_len + ext_sec->off;
info_left = ext_sec->len;
if (btf_ext->data + btf_ext->data_size < info + ext_sec->len) {
pr_debug("%s section (off:%u len:%u) is beyond the end of the ELF section .BTF.ext\n",
ext_sec->desc, ext_sec->off, ext_sec->len);
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
}
/* At least a record size */
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
if (info_left < sizeof(__u32)) {
pr_debug(".BTF.ext %s record size not found\n", ext_sec->desc);
return -EINVAL;
}
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
/* The record size needs to meet the minimum standard */
record_size = *(__u32 *)info;
if (record_size < ext_sec->min_rec_size ||
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
record_size & 0x03) {
pr_debug("%s section in .BTF.ext has invalid record size %u\n",
ext_sec->desc, record_size);
return -EINVAL;
}
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
sinfo = info + sizeof(__u32);
info_left -= sizeof(__u32);
/* If no records, return failure now so .BTF.ext won't be used. */
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
if (!info_left) {
pr_debug("%s section in .BTF.ext has no records", ext_sec->desc);
return -EINVAL;
}
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
while (info_left) {
unsigned int sec_hdrlen = sizeof(struct btf_ext_info_sec);
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
__u64 total_record_size;
__u32 num_records;
if (info_left < sec_hdrlen) {
pr_debug("%s section header is not found in .BTF.ext\n",
ext_sec->desc);
return -EINVAL;
}
num_records = sinfo->num_info;
if (num_records == 0) {
pr_debug("%s section has incorrect num_records in .BTF.ext\n",
ext_sec->desc);
return -EINVAL;
}
total_record_size = sec_hdrlen +
(__u64)num_records * record_size;
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
if (info_left < total_record_size) {
pr_debug("%s section has incorrect num_records in .BTF.ext\n",
ext_sec->desc);
return -EINVAL;
}
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
info_left -= total_record_size;
sinfo = (void *)sinfo + total_record_size;
}
ext_info = ext_sec->ext_info;
ext_info->len = ext_sec->len - sizeof(__u32);
ext_info->rec_size = record_size;
ext_info->info = info + sizeof(__u32);
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
return 0;
}
static int btf_ext_setup_func_info(struct btf_ext *btf_ext)
{
struct btf_ext_sec_setup_param param = {
.off = btf_ext->hdr->func_info_off,
.len = btf_ext->hdr->func_info_len,
.min_rec_size = sizeof(struct bpf_func_info_min),
.ext_info = &btf_ext->func_info,
.desc = "func_info"
};
return btf_ext_setup_info(btf_ext, &param);
}
static int btf_ext_setup_line_info(struct btf_ext *btf_ext)
{
struct btf_ext_sec_setup_param param = {
.off = btf_ext->hdr->line_info_off,
.len = btf_ext->hdr->line_info_len,
.min_rec_size = sizeof(struct bpf_line_info_min),
.ext_info = &btf_ext->line_info,
.desc = "line_info",
};
return btf_ext_setup_info(btf_ext, &param);
}
static int btf_ext_setup_core_relos(struct btf_ext *btf_ext)
{
struct btf_ext_sec_setup_param param = {
.off = btf_ext->hdr->core_relo_off,
.len = btf_ext->hdr->core_relo_len,
.min_rec_size = sizeof(struct bpf_core_relo),
.ext_info = &btf_ext->core_relo_info,
.desc = "core_relo",
};
return btf_ext_setup_info(btf_ext, &param);
}
static int btf_ext_parse_hdr(__u8 *data, __u32 data_size)
{
const struct btf_ext_header *hdr = (struct btf_ext_header *)data;
if (data_size < offsetofend(struct btf_ext_header, hdr_len) ||
data_size < hdr->hdr_len) {
pr_debug("BTF.ext header not found");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (hdr->magic == bswap_16(BTF_MAGIC)) {
pr_warn("BTF.ext in non-native endianness is not supported\n");
return -ENOTSUP;
} else if (hdr->magic != BTF_MAGIC) {
pr_debug("Invalid BTF.ext magic:%x\n", hdr->magic);
return -EINVAL;
}
if (hdr->version != BTF_VERSION) {
pr_debug("Unsupported BTF.ext version:%u\n", hdr->version);
return -ENOTSUP;
}
if (hdr->flags) {
pr_debug("Unsupported BTF.ext flags:%x\n", hdr->flags);
return -ENOTSUP;
}
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
if (data_size == hdr->hdr_len) {
pr_debug("BTF.ext has no data\n");
return -EINVAL;
}
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
return 0;
}
void btf_ext__free(struct btf_ext *btf_ext)
{
if (IS_ERR_OR_NULL(btf_ext))
return;
free(btf_ext->data);
free(btf_ext);
}
struct btf_ext *btf_ext__new(__u8 *data, __u32 size)
{
struct btf_ext *btf_ext;
int err;
err = btf_ext_parse_hdr(data, size);
if (err)
return ERR_PTR(err);
btf_ext = calloc(1, sizeof(struct btf_ext));
if (!btf_ext)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
btf_ext->data_size = size;
btf_ext->data = malloc(size);
if (!btf_ext->data) {
err = -ENOMEM;
goto done;
}
memcpy(btf_ext->data, data, size);
if (btf_ext->hdr->hdr_len <
offsetofend(struct btf_ext_header, line_info_len))
goto done;
err = btf_ext_setup_func_info(btf_ext);
if (err)
goto done;
err = btf_ext_setup_line_info(btf_ext);
if (err)
goto done;
if (btf_ext->hdr->hdr_len < offsetofend(struct btf_ext_header, core_relo_len))
goto done;
err = btf_ext_setup_core_relos(btf_ext);
if (err)
goto done;
done:
if (err) {
btf_ext__free(btf_ext);
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
return btf_ext;
}
const void *btf_ext__get_raw_data(const struct btf_ext *btf_ext, __u32 *size)
{
*size = btf_ext->data_size;
return btf_ext->data;
}
static int btf_ext_reloc_info(const struct btf *btf,
const struct btf_ext_info *ext_info,
const char *sec_name, __u32 insns_cnt,
void **info, __u32 *cnt)
{
__u32 sec_hdrlen = sizeof(struct btf_ext_info_sec);
__u32 i, record_size, existing_len, records_len;
struct btf_ext_info_sec *sinfo;
const char *info_sec_name;
__u64 remain_len;
void *data;
record_size = ext_info->rec_size;
sinfo = ext_info->info;
remain_len = ext_info->len;
while (remain_len > 0) {
records_len = sinfo->num_info * record_size;
info_sec_name = btf__name_by_offset(btf, sinfo->sec_name_off);
if (strcmp(info_sec_name, sec_name)) {
remain_len -= sec_hdrlen + records_len;
sinfo = (void *)sinfo + sec_hdrlen + records_len;
continue;
}
existing_len = (*cnt) * record_size;
data = realloc(*info, existing_len + records_len);
if (!data)
return -ENOMEM;
memcpy(data + existing_len, sinfo->data, records_len);
/* adjust insn_off only, the rest data will be passed
* to the kernel.
*/
for (i = 0; i < sinfo->num_info; i++) {
__u32 *insn_off;
insn_off = data + existing_len + (i * record_size);
*insn_off = *insn_off / sizeof(struct bpf_insn) +
insns_cnt;
}
*info = data;
*cnt += sinfo->num_info;
return 0;
}
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
return -ENOENT;
}
int btf_ext__reloc_func_info(const struct btf *btf,
const struct btf_ext *btf_ext,
const char *sec_name, __u32 insns_cnt,
void **func_info, __u32 *cnt)
{
return btf_ext_reloc_info(btf, &btf_ext->func_info, sec_name,
insns_cnt, func_info, cnt);
}
int btf_ext__reloc_line_info(const struct btf *btf,
const struct btf_ext *btf_ext,
const char *sec_name, __u32 insns_cnt,
void **line_info, __u32 *cnt)
{
return btf_ext_reloc_info(btf, &btf_ext->line_info, sec_name,
insns_cnt, line_info, cnt);
}
bpf: libbpf: Refactor and bug fix on the bpf_func_info loading logic This patch refactor and fix a bug in the libbpf's bpf_func_info loading logic. The bug fix and refactoring are targeting the same commit 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") which is in the bpf-next branch. 1) In bpf_load_program_xattr(), it should retry when errno == E2BIG regardless of log_buf and log_buf_sz. This patch fixes it. 2) btf_ext__reloc_init() and btf_ext__reloc() are essentially the same except btf_ext__reloc_init() always has insns_cnt == 0. Hence, btf_ext__reloc_init() is removed. btf_ext__reloc() is also renamed to btf_ext__reloc_func_info() to get ready for the line_info support in the next patch. 3) Consolidate func_info section logic from "btf_ext_parse_hdr()", "btf_ext_validate_func_info()" and "btf_ext__new()" to a new function "btf_ext_copy_func_info()" such that similar logic can be reused by the later libbpf's line_info patch. 4) The next line_info patch will store line_info_cnt instead of line_info_len in the bpf_program because the kernel is taking line_info_cnt also. It will save a few "len" to "cnt" conversions and will also save some function args. Hence, this patch also makes bpf_program to store func_info_cnt instead of func_info_len. 5) btf_ext depends on btf. e.g. the func_info's type_id in ".BTF.ext" is not useful when ".BTF" is absent. This patch only init the obj->btf_ext pointer after it has successfully init the obj->btf pointer. This can avoid always checking "obj->btf && obj->btf_ext" together for accessing ".BTF.ext". Checking "obj->btf_ext" alone will do. 6) Move "struct btf_sec_func_info" from btf.h to btf.c. There is no external usage outside btf.c. Fixes: 2993e0515bb4 ("tools/bpf: add support to read .BTF.ext sections") Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com> Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
2018-12-08 00:42:29 +00:00
__u32 btf_ext__func_info_rec_size(const struct btf_ext *btf_ext)
{
return btf_ext->func_info.rec_size;
}
__u32 btf_ext__line_info_rec_size(const struct btf_ext *btf_ext)
{
return btf_ext->line_info.rec_size;
}
struct btf_dedup;
static struct btf_dedup *btf_dedup_new(struct btf *btf, struct btf_ext *btf_ext,
const struct btf_dedup_opts *opts);
static void btf_dedup_free(struct btf_dedup *d);
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
static int btf_dedup_prep(struct btf_dedup *d);
static int btf_dedup_strings(struct btf_dedup *d);
static int btf_dedup_prim_types(struct btf_dedup *d);
static int btf_dedup_struct_types(struct btf_dedup *d);
static int btf_dedup_ref_types(struct btf_dedup *d);
static int btf_dedup_compact_types(struct btf_dedup *d);
static int btf_dedup_remap_types(struct btf_dedup *d);
/*
* Deduplicate BTF types and strings.
*
* BTF dedup algorithm takes as an input `struct btf` representing `.BTF` ELF
* section with all BTF type descriptors and string data. It overwrites that
* memory in-place with deduplicated types and strings without any loss of
* information. If optional `struct btf_ext` representing '.BTF.ext' ELF section
* is provided, all the strings referenced from .BTF.ext section are honored
* and updated to point to the right offsets after deduplication.
*
* If function returns with error, type/string data might be garbled and should
* be discarded.
*
* More verbose and detailed description of both problem btf_dedup is solving,
* as well as solution could be found at:
* https://facebookmicrosites.github.io/bpf/blog/2018/11/14/btf-enhancement.html
*
* Problem description and justification
* =====================================
*
* BTF type information is typically emitted either as a result of conversion
* from DWARF to BTF or directly by compiler. In both cases, each compilation
* unit contains information about a subset of all the types that are used
* in an application. These subsets are frequently overlapping and contain a lot
* of duplicated information when later concatenated together into a single
* binary. This algorithm ensures that each unique type is represented by single
* BTF type descriptor, greatly reducing resulting size of BTF data.
*
* Compilation unit isolation and subsequent duplication of data is not the only
* problem. The same type hierarchy (e.g., struct and all the type that struct
* references) in different compilation units can be represented in BTF to
* various degrees of completeness (or, rather, incompleteness) due to
* struct/union forward declarations.
*
* Let's take a look at an example, that we'll use to better understand the
* problem (and solution). Suppose we have two compilation units, each using
* same `struct S`, but each of them having incomplete type information about
* struct's fields:
*
* // CU #1:
* struct S;
* struct A {
* int a;
* struct A* self;
* struct S* parent;
* };
* struct B;
* struct S {
* struct A* a_ptr;
* struct B* b_ptr;
* };
*
* // CU #2:
* struct S;
* struct A;
* struct B {
* int b;
* struct B* self;
* struct S* parent;
* };
* struct S {
* struct A* a_ptr;
* struct B* b_ptr;
* };
*
* In case of CU #1, BTF data will know only that `struct B` exist (but no
* more), but will know the complete type information about `struct A`. While
* for CU #2, it will know full type information about `struct B`, but will
* only know about forward declaration of `struct A` (in BTF terms, it will
* have `BTF_KIND_FWD` type descriptor with name `B`).
*
* This compilation unit isolation means that it's possible that there is no
* single CU with complete type information describing structs `S`, `A`, and
* `B`. Also, we might get tons of duplicated and redundant type information.
*
* Additional complication we need to keep in mind comes from the fact that
* types, in general, can form graphs containing cycles, not just DAGs.
*
* While algorithm does deduplication, it also merges and resolves type
* information (unless disabled throught `struct btf_opts`), whenever possible.
* E.g., in the example above with two compilation units having partial type
* information for structs `A` and `B`, the output of algorithm will emit
* a single copy of each BTF type that describes structs `A`, `B`, and `S`
* (as well as type information for `int` and pointers), as if they were defined
* in a single compilation unit as:
*
* struct A {
* int a;
* struct A* self;
* struct S* parent;
* };
* struct B {
* int b;
* struct B* self;
* struct S* parent;
* };
* struct S {
* struct A* a_ptr;
* struct B* b_ptr;
* };
*
* Algorithm summary
* =================
*
* Algorithm completes its work in 6 separate passes:
*
* 1. Strings deduplication.
* 2. Primitive types deduplication (int, enum, fwd).
* 3. Struct/union types deduplication.
* 4. Reference types deduplication (pointers, typedefs, arrays, funcs, func
* protos, and const/volatile/restrict modifiers).
* 5. Types compaction.
* 6. Types remapping.
*
* Algorithm determines canonical type descriptor, which is a single
* representative type for each truly unique type. This canonical type is the
* one that will go into final deduplicated BTF type information. For
* struct/unions, it is also the type that algorithm will merge additional type
* information into (while resolving FWDs), as it discovers it from data in
* other CUs. Each input BTF type eventually gets either mapped to itself, if
* that type is canonical, or to some other type, if that type is equivalent
* and was chosen as canonical representative. This mapping is stored in
* `btf_dedup->map` array. This map is also used to record STRUCT/UNION that
* FWD type got resolved to.
*
* To facilitate fast discovery of canonical types, we also maintain canonical
* index (`btf_dedup->dedup_table`), which maps type descriptor's signature hash
* (i.e., hashed kind, name, size, fields, etc) into a list of canonical types
* that match that signature. With sufficiently good choice of type signature
* hashing function, we can limit number of canonical types for each unique type
* signature to a very small number, allowing to find canonical type for any
* duplicated type very quickly.
*
* Struct/union deduplication is the most critical part and algorithm for
* deduplicating structs/unions is described in greater details in comments for
* `btf_dedup_is_equiv` function.
*/
int btf__dedup(struct btf *btf, struct btf_ext *btf_ext,
const struct btf_dedup_opts *opts)
{
struct btf_dedup *d = btf_dedup_new(btf, btf_ext, opts);
int err;
if (IS_ERR(d)) {
pr_debug("btf_dedup_new failed: %ld", PTR_ERR(d));
return -EINVAL;
}
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
if (btf_ensure_modifiable(btf))
return -ENOMEM;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
err = btf_dedup_prep(d);
if (err) {
pr_debug("btf_dedup_prep failed:%d\n", err);
goto done;
}
err = btf_dedup_strings(d);
if (err < 0) {
pr_debug("btf_dedup_strings failed:%d\n", err);
goto done;
}
err = btf_dedup_prim_types(d);
if (err < 0) {
pr_debug("btf_dedup_prim_types failed:%d\n", err);
goto done;
}
err = btf_dedup_struct_types(d);
if (err < 0) {
pr_debug("btf_dedup_struct_types failed:%d\n", err);
goto done;
}
err = btf_dedup_ref_types(d);
if (err < 0) {
pr_debug("btf_dedup_ref_types failed:%d\n", err);
goto done;
}
err = btf_dedup_compact_types(d);
if (err < 0) {
pr_debug("btf_dedup_compact_types failed:%d\n", err);
goto done;
}
err = btf_dedup_remap_types(d);
if (err < 0) {
pr_debug("btf_dedup_remap_types failed:%d\n", err);
goto done;
}
done:
btf_dedup_free(d);
return err;
}
#define BTF_UNPROCESSED_ID ((__u32)-1)
#define BTF_IN_PROGRESS_ID ((__u32)-2)
struct btf_dedup {
/* .BTF section to be deduped in-place */
struct btf *btf;
/*
* Optional .BTF.ext section. When provided, any strings referenced
* from it will be taken into account when deduping strings
*/
struct btf_ext *btf_ext;
/*
* This is a map from any type's signature hash to a list of possible
* canonical representative type candidates. Hash collisions are
* ignored, so even types of various kinds can share same list of
* candidates, which is fine because we rely on subsequent
* btf_xxx_equal() checks to authoritatively verify type equality.
*/
struct hashmap *dedup_table;
/* Canonical types map */
__u32 *map;
/* Hypothetical mapping, used during type graph equivalence checks */
__u32 *hypot_map;
__u32 *hypot_list;
size_t hypot_cnt;
size_t hypot_cap;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
/* Whether hypothetical mapping, if successful, would need to adjust
* already canonicalized types (due to a new forward declaration to
* concrete type resolution). In such case, during split BTF dedup
* candidate type would still be considered as different, because base
* BTF is considered to be immutable.
*/
bool hypot_adjust_canon;
/* Various option modifying behavior of algorithm */
struct btf_dedup_opts opts;
/* temporary strings deduplication state */
void *strs_data;
size_t strs_cap;
size_t strs_len;
struct hashmap* strs_hash;
};
static long hash_combine(long h, long value)
{
return h * 31 + value;
}
#define for_each_dedup_cand(d, node, hash) \
hashmap__for_each_key_entry(d->dedup_table, node, (void *)hash)
static int btf_dedup_table_add(struct btf_dedup *d, long hash, __u32 type_id)
{
return hashmap__append(d->dedup_table,
(void *)hash, (void *)(long)type_id);
}
static int btf_dedup_hypot_map_add(struct btf_dedup *d,
__u32 from_id, __u32 to_id)
{
if (d->hypot_cnt == d->hypot_cap) {
__u32 *new_list;
d->hypot_cap += max((size_t)16, d->hypot_cap / 2);
new_list = libbpf_reallocarray(d->hypot_list, d->hypot_cap, sizeof(__u32));
if (!new_list)
return -ENOMEM;
d->hypot_list = new_list;
}
d->hypot_list[d->hypot_cnt++] = from_id;
d->hypot_map[from_id] = to_id;
return 0;
}
static void btf_dedup_clear_hypot_map(struct btf_dedup *d)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < d->hypot_cnt; i++)
d->hypot_map[d->hypot_list[i]] = BTF_UNPROCESSED_ID;
d->hypot_cnt = 0;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
d->hypot_adjust_canon = false;
}
static void btf_dedup_free(struct btf_dedup *d)
{
hashmap__free(d->dedup_table);
d->dedup_table = NULL;
free(d->map);
d->map = NULL;
free(d->hypot_map);
d->hypot_map = NULL;
free(d->hypot_list);
d->hypot_list = NULL;
free(d);
}
static size_t btf_dedup_identity_hash_fn(const void *key, void *ctx)
{
return (size_t)key;
}
static size_t btf_dedup_collision_hash_fn(const void *key, void *ctx)
{
return 0;
}
static bool btf_dedup_equal_fn(const void *k1, const void *k2, void *ctx)
{
return k1 == k2;
}
static struct btf_dedup *btf_dedup_new(struct btf *btf, struct btf_ext *btf_ext,
const struct btf_dedup_opts *opts)
{
struct btf_dedup *d = calloc(1, sizeof(struct btf_dedup));
hashmap_hash_fn hash_fn = btf_dedup_identity_hash_fn;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
int i, err = 0, type_cnt;
if (!d)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
d->opts.dont_resolve_fwds = opts && opts->dont_resolve_fwds;
/* dedup_table_size is now used only to force collisions in tests */
if (opts && opts->dedup_table_size == 1)
hash_fn = btf_dedup_collision_hash_fn;
d->btf = btf;
d->btf_ext = btf_ext;
d->dedup_table = hashmap__new(hash_fn, btf_dedup_equal_fn, NULL);
if (IS_ERR(d->dedup_table)) {
err = PTR_ERR(d->dedup_table);
d->dedup_table = NULL;
goto done;
}
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
type_cnt = btf__get_nr_types(btf) + 1;
d->map = malloc(sizeof(__u32) * type_cnt);
if (!d->map) {
err = -ENOMEM;
goto done;
}
/* special BTF "void" type is made canonical immediately */
d->map[0] = 0;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
for (i = 1; i < type_cnt; i++) {
struct btf_type *t = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, i);
/* VAR and DATASEC are never deduped and are self-canonical */
if (btf_is_var(t) || btf_is_datasec(t))
d->map[i] = i;
else
d->map[i] = BTF_UNPROCESSED_ID;
}
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
d->hypot_map = malloc(sizeof(__u32) * type_cnt);
if (!d->hypot_map) {
err = -ENOMEM;
goto done;
}
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < type_cnt; i++)
d->hypot_map[i] = BTF_UNPROCESSED_ID;
done:
if (err) {
btf_dedup_free(d);
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
return d;
}
typedef int (*str_off_fn_t)(__u32 *str_off_ptr, void *ctx);
/*
* Iterate over all possible places in .BTF and .BTF.ext that can reference
* string and pass pointer to it to a provided callback `fn`.
*/
static int btf_for_each_str_off(struct btf_dedup *d, str_off_fn_t fn, void *ctx)
{
void *line_data_cur, *line_data_end;
int i, j, r, rec_size;
struct btf_type *t;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < d->btf->nr_types; i++) {
t = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, d->btf->start_id + i);
r = fn(&t->name_off, ctx);
if (r)
return r;
switch (btf_kind(t)) {
case BTF_KIND_STRUCT:
case BTF_KIND_UNION: {
struct btf_member *m = btf_members(t);
__u16 vlen = btf_vlen(t);
for (j = 0; j < vlen; j++) {
r = fn(&m->name_off, ctx);
if (r)
return r;
m++;
}
break;
}
case BTF_KIND_ENUM: {
struct btf_enum *m = btf_enum(t);
__u16 vlen = btf_vlen(t);
for (j = 0; j < vlen; j++) {
r = fn(&m->name_off, ctx);
if (r)
return r;
m++;
}
break;
}
case BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO: {
struct btf_param *m = btf_params(t);
__u16 vlen = btf_vlen(t);
for (j = 0; j < vlen; j++) {
r = fn(&m->name_off, ctx);
if (r)
return r;
m++;
}
break;
}
default:
break;
}
}
if (!d->btf_ext)
return 0;
line_data_cur = d->btf_ext->line_info.info;
line_data_end = d->btf_ext->line_info.info + d->btf_ext->line_info.len;
rec_size = d->btf_ext->line_info.rec_size;
while (line_data_cur < line_data_end) {
struct btf_ext_info_sec *sec = line_data_cur;
struct bpf_line_info_min *line_info;
__u32 num_info = sec->num_info;
r = fn(&sec->sec_name_off, ctx);
if (r)
return r;
line_data_cur += sizeof(struct btf_ext_info_sec);
for (i = 0; i < num_info; i++) {
line_info = line_data_cur;
r = fn(&line_info->file_name_off, ctx);
if (r)
return r;
r = fn(&line_info->line_off, ctx);
if (r)
return r;
line_data_cur += rec_size;
}
}
return 0;
}
static int strs_dedup_remap_str_off(__u32 *str_off_ptr, void *ctx)
{
struct btf_dedup *d = ctx;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
__u32 str_off = *str_off_ptr;
long old_off, new_off, len;
const char *s;
void *p;
int err;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
/* don't touch empty string or string in main BTF */
if (str_off == 0 || str_off < d->btf->start_str_off)
return 0;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
s = btf__str_by_offset(d->btf, str_off);
if (d->btf->base_btf) {
err = btf__find_str(d->btf->base_btf, s);
if (err >= 0) {
*str_off_ptr = err;
return 0;
}
if (err != -ENOENT)
return err;
}
len = strlen(s) + 1;
new_off = d->strs_len;
p = btf_add_mem(&d->strs_data, &d->strs_cap, 1, new_off, BTF_MAX_STR_OFFSET, len);
if (!p)
return -ENOMEM;
memcpy(p, s, len);
/* Now attempt to add the string, but only if the string with the same
* contents doesn't exist already (HASHMAP_ADD strategy). If such
* string exists, we'll get its offset in old_off (that's old_key).
*/
err = hashmap__insert(d->strs_hash, (void *)new_off, (void *)new_off,
HASHMAP_ADD, (const void **)&old_off, NULL);
if (err == -EEXIST) {
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
*str_off_ptr = d->btf->start_str_off + old_off;
} else if (err) {
return err;
} else {
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
*str_off_ptr = d->btf->start_str_off + new_off;
d->strs_len += len;
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Dedup string and filter out those that are not referenced from either .BTF
* or .BTF.ext (if provided) sections.
*
* This is done by building index of all strings in BTF's string section,
* then iterating over all entities that can reference strings (e.g., type
* names, struct field names, .BTF.ext line info, etc) and marking corresponding
* strings as used. After that all used strings are deduped and compacted into
* sequential blob of memory and new offsets are calculated. Then all the string
* references are iterated again and rewritten using new offsets.
*/
static int btf_dedup_strings(struct btf_dedup *d)
{
char *s;
int err;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
if (d->btf->strs_deduped)
return 0;
/* temporarily switch to use btf_dedup's strs_data for strings for hash
* functions; later we'll just transfer hashmap to struct btf as is,
* along the strs_data
*/
d->btf->strs_data_ptr = &d->strs_data;
d->strs_hash = hashmap__new(strs_hash_fn, strs_hash_equal_fn, d->btf);
if (IS_ERR(d->strs_hash)) {
err = PTR_ERR(d->strs_hash);
d->strs_hash = NULL;
goto err_out;
}
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
if (!d->btf->base_btf) {
s = btf_add_mem(&d->strs_data, &d->strs_cap, 1, d->strs_len, BTF_MAX_STR_OFFSET, 1);
if (!s)
return -ENOMEM;
/* initial empty string */
s[0] = 0;
d->strs_len = 1;
/* insert empty string; we won't be looking it up during strings
* dedup, but it's good to have it for generic BTF string lookups
*/
err = hashmap__insert(d->strs_hash, (void *)0, (void *)0,
HASHMAP_ADD, NULL, NULL);
if (err)
goto err_out;
}
/* remap string offsets */
err = btf_for_each_str_off(d, strs_dedup_remap_str_off, d);
if (err)
goto err_out;
/* replace BTF string data and hash with deduped ones */
free(d->btf->strs_data);
hashmap__free(d->btf->strs_hash);
d->btf->strs_data = d->strs_data;
d->btf->strs_data_cap = d->strs_cap;
d->btf->hdr->str_len = d->strs_len;
d->btf->strs_hash = d->strs_hash;
/* now point strs_data_ptr back to btf->strs_data */
d->btf->strs_data_ptr = &d->btf->strs_data;
d->strs_data = d->strs_hash = NULL;
d->strs_len = d->strs_cap = 0;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
d->btf->strs_deduped = true;
return 0;
err_out:
free(d->strs_data);
hashmap__free(d->strs_hash);
d->strs_data = d->strs_hash = NULL;
d->strs_len = d->strs_cap = 0;
/* restore strings pointer for existing d->btf->strs_hash back */
d->btf->strs_data_ptr = &d->strs_data;
return err;
}
static long btf_hash_common(struct btf_type *t)
{
long h;
h = hash_combine(0, t->name_off);
h = hash_combine(h, t->info);
h = hash_combine(h, t->size);
return h;
}
static bool btf_equal_common(struct btf_type *t1, struct btf_type *t2)
{
return t1->name_off == t2->name_off &&
t1->info == t2->info &&
t1->size == t2->size;
}
/* Calculate type signature hash of INT. */
static long btf_hash_int(struct btf_type *t)
{
__u32 info = *(__u32 *)(t + 1);
long h;
h = btf_hash_common(t);
h = hash_combine(h, info);
return h;
}
/* Check structural equality of two INTs. */
static bool btf_equal_int(struct btf_type *t1, struct btf_type *t2)
{
__u32 info1, info2;
if (!btf_equal_common(t1, t2))
return false;
info1 = *(__u32 *)(t1 + 1);
info2 = *(__u32 *)(t2 + 1);
return info1 == info2;
}
/* Calculate type signature hash of ENUM. */
static long btf_hash_enum(struct btf_type *t)
{
long h;
/* don't hash vlen and enum members to support enum fwd resolving */
h = hash_combine(0, t->name_off);
h = hash_combine(h, t->info & ~0xffff);
h = hash_combine(h, t->size);
return h;
}
/* Check structural equality of two ENUMs. */
static bool btf_equal_enum(struct btf_type *t1, struct btf_type *t2)
{
const struct btf_enum *m1, *m2;
__u16 vlen;
int i;
if (!btf_equal_common(t1, t2))
return false;
vlen = btf_vlen(t1);
m1 = btf_enum(t1);
m2 = btf_enum(t2);
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
if (m1->name_off != m2->name_off || m1->val != m2->val)
return false;
m1++;
m2++;
}
return true;
}
static inline bool btf_is_enum_fwd(struct btf_type *t)
{
return btf_is_enum(t) && btf_vlen(t) == 0;
}
static bool btf_compat_enum(struct btf_type *t1, struct btf_type *t2)
{
if (!btf_is_enum_fwd(t1) && !btf_is_enum_fwd(t2))
return btf_equal_enum(t1, t2);
/* ignore vlen when comparing */
return t1->name_off == t2->name_off &&
(t1->info & ~0xffff) == (t2->info & ~0xffff) &&
t1->size == t2->size;
}
/*
* Calculate type signature hash of STRUCT/UNION, ignoring referenced type IDs,
* as referenced type IDs equivalence is established separately during type
* graph equivalence check algorithm.
*/
static long btf_hash_struct(struct btf_type *t)
{
const struct btf_member *member = btf_members(t);
__u32 vlen = btf_vlen(t);
long h = btf_hash_common(t);
int i;
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
h = hash_combine(h, member->name_off);
h = hash_combine(h, member->offset);
/* no hashing of referenced type ID, it can be unresolved yet */
member++;
}
return h;
}
/*
* Check structural compatibility of two FUNC_PROTOs, ignoring referenced type
* IDs. This check is performed during type graph equivalence check and
* referenced types equivalence is checked separately.
*/
static bool btf_shallow_equal_struct(struct btf_type *t1, struct btf_type *t2)
{
const struct btf_member *m1, *m2;
__u16 vlen;
int i;
if (!btf_equal_common(t1, t2))
return false;
vlen = btf_vlen(t1);
m1 = btf_members(t1);
m2 = btf_members(t2);
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
if (m1->name_off != m2->name_off || m1->offset != m2->offset)
return false;
m1++;
m2++;
}
return true;
}
/*
* Calculate type signature hash of ARRAY, including referenced type IDs,
* under assumption that they were already resolved to canonical type IDs and
* are not going to change.
*/
static long btf_hash_array(struct btf_type *t)
{
const struct btf_array *info = btf_array(t);
long h = btf_hash_common(t);
h = hash_combine(h, info->type);
h = hash_combine(h, info->index_type);
h = hash_combine(h, info->nelems);
return h;
}
/*
* Check exact equality of two ARRAYs, taking into account referenced
* type IDs, under assumption that they were already resolved to canonical
* type IDs and are not going to change.
* This function is called during reference types deduplication to compare
* ARRAY to potential canonical representative.
*/
static bool btf_equal_array(struct btf_type *t1, struct btf_type *t2)
{
const struct btf_array *info1, *info2;
if (!btf_equal_common(t1, t2))
return false;
info1 = btf_array(t1);
info2 = btf_array(t2);
return info1->type == info2->type &&
info1->index_type == info2->index_type &&
info1->nelems == info2->nelems;
}
/*
* Check structural compatibility of two ARRAYs, ignoring referenced type
* IDs. This check is performed during type graph equivalence check and
* referenced types equivalence is checked separately.
*/
static bool btf_compat_array(struct btf_type *t1, struct btf_type *t2)
{
if (!btf_equal_common(t1, t2))
return false;
return btf_array(t1)->nelems == btf_array(t2)->nelems;
}
/*
* Calculate type signature hash of FUNC_PROTO, including referenced type IDs,
* under assumption that they were already resolved to canonical type IDs and
* are not going to change.
*/
static long btf_hash_fnproto(struct btf_type *t)
{
const struct btf_param *member = btf_params(t);
__u16 vlen = btf_vlen(t);
long h = btf_hash_common(t);
int i;
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
h = hash_combine(h, member->name_off);
h = hash_combine(h, member->type);
member++;
}
return h;
}
/*
* Check exact equality of two FUNC_PROTOs, taking into account referenced
* type IDs, under assumption that they were already resolved to canonical
* type IDs and are not going to change.
* This function is called during reference types deduplication to compare
* FUNC_PROTO to potential canonical representative.
*/
static bool btf_equal_fnproto(struct btf_type *t1, struct btf_type *t2)
{
const struct btf_param *m1, *m2;
__u16 vlen;
int i;
if (!btf_equal_common(t1, t2))
return false;
vlen = btf_vlen(t1);
m1 = btf_params(t1);
m2 = btf_params(t2);
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
if (m1->name_off != m2->name_off || m1->type != m2->type)
return false;
m1++;
m2++;
}
return true;
}
/*
* Check structural compatibility of two FUNC_PROTOs, ignoring referenced type
* IDs. This check is performed during type graph equivalence check and
* referenced types equivalence is checked separately.
*/
static bool btf_compat_fnproto(struct btf_type *t1, struct btf_type *t2)
{
const struct btf_param *m1, *m2;
__u16 vlen;
int i;
/* skip return type ID */
if (t1->name_off != t2->name_off || t1->info != t2->info)
return false;
vlen = btf_vlen(t1);
m1 = btf_params(t1);
m2 = btf_params(t2);
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
if (m1->name_off != m2->name_off)
return false;
m1++;
m2++;
}
return true;
}
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
/* Prepare split BTF for deduplication by calculating hashes of base BTF's
* types and initializing the rest of the state (canonical type mapping) for
* the fixed base BTF part.
*/
static int btf_dedup_prep(struct btf_dedup *d)
{
struct btf_type *t;
int type_id;
long h;
if (!d->btf->base_btf)
return 0;
for (type_id = 1; type_id < d->btf->start_id; type_id++) {
t = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, type_id);
/* all base BTF types are self-canonical by definition */
d->map[type_id] = type_id;
switch (btf_kind(t)) {
case BTF_KIND_VAR:
case BTF_KIND_DATASEC:
/* VAR and DATASEC are never hash/deduplicated */
continue;
case BTF_KIND_CONST:
case BTF_KIND_VOLATILE:
case BTF_KIND_RESTRICT:
case BTF_KIND_PTR:
case BTF_KIND_FWD:
case BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF:
case BTF_KIND_FUNC:
h = btf_hash_common(t);
break;
case BTF_KIND_INT:
h = btf_hash_int(t);
break;
case BTF_KIND_ENUM:
h = btf_hash_enum(t);
break;
case BTF_KIND_STRUCT:
case BTF_KIND_UNION:
h = btf_hash_struct(t);
break;
case BTF_KIND_ARRAY:
h = btf_hash_array(t);
break;
case BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO:
h = btf_hash_fnproto(t);
break;
default:
pr_debug("unknown kind %d for type [%d]\n", btf_kind(t), type_id);
return -EINVAL;
}
if (btf_dedup_table_add(d, h, type_id))
return -ENOMEM;
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Deduplicate primitive types, that can't reference other types, by calculating
* their type signature hash and comparing them with any possible canonical
* candidate. If no canonical candidate matches, type itself is marked as
* canonical and is added into `btf_dedup->dedup_table` as another candidate.
*/
static int btf_dedup_prim_type(struct btf_dedup *d, __u32 type_id)
{
struct btf_type *t = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, type_id);
struct hashmap_entry *hash_entry;
struct btf_type *cand;
/* if we don't find equivalent type, then we are canonical */
__u32 new_id = type_id;
__u32 cand_id;
long h;
switch (btf_kind(t)) {
case BTF_KIND_CONST:
case BTF_KIND_VOLATILE:
case BTF_KIND_RESTRICT:
case BTF_KIND_PTR:
case BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF:
case BTF_KIND_ARRAY:
case BTF_KIND_STRUCT:
case BTF_KIND_UNION:
case BTF_KIND_FUNC:
case BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO:
case BTF_KIND_VAR:
case BTF_KIND_DATASEC:
return 0;
case BTF_KIND_INT:
h = btf_hash_int(t);
for_each_dedup_cand(d, hash_entry, h) {
cand_id = (__u32)(long)hash_entry->value;
cand = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, cand_id);
if (btf_equal_int(t, cand)) {
new_id = cand_id;
break;
}
}
break;
case BTF_KIND_ENUM:
h = btf_hash_enum(t);
for_each_dedup_cand(d, hash_entry, h) {
cand_id = (__u32)(long)hash_entry->value;
cand = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, cand_id);
if (btf_equal_enum(t, cand)) {
new_id = cand_id;
break;
}
if (d->opts.dont_resolve_fwds)
continue;
if (btf_compat_enum(t, cand)) {
if (btf_is_enum_fwd(t)) {
/* resolve fwd to full enum */
new_id = cand_id;
break;
}
/* resolve canonical enum fwd to full enum */
d->map[cand_id] = type_id;
}
}
break;
case BTF_KIND_FWD:
h = btf_hash_common(t);
for_each_dedup_cand(d, hash_entry, h) {
cand_id = (__u32)(long)hash_entry->value;
cand = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, cand_id);
if (btf_equal_common(t, cand)) {
new_id = cand_id;
break;
}
}
break;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
d->map[type_id] = new_id;
if (type_id == new_id && btf_dedup_table_add(d, h, type_id))
return -ENOMEM;
return 0;
}
static int btf_dedup_prim_types(struct btf_dedup *d)
{
int i, err;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < d->btf->nr_types; i++) {
err = btf_dedup_prim_type(d, d->btf->start_id + i);
if (err)
return err;
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Check whether type is already mapped into canonical one (could be to itself).
*/
static inline bool is_type_mapped(struct btf_dedup *d, uint32_t type_id)
{
return d->map[type_id] <= BTF_MAX_NR_TYPES;
}
/*
* Resolve type ID into its canonical type ID, if any; otherwise return original
* type ID. If type is FWD and is resolved into STRUCT/UNION already, follow
* STRUCT/UNION link and resolve it into canonical type ID as well.
*/
static inline __u32 resolve_type_id(struct btf_dedup *d, __u32 type_id)
{
while (is_type_mapped(d, type_id) && d->map[type_id] != type_id)
type_id = d->map[type_id];
return type_id;
}
/*
* Resolve FWD to underlying STRUCT/UNION, if any; otherwise return original
* type ID.
*/
static uint32_t resolve_fwd_id(struct btf_dedup *d, uint32_t type_id)
{
__u32 orig_type_id = type_id;
if (!btf_is_fwd(btf__type_by_id(d->btf, type_id)))
return type_id;
while (is_type_mapped(d, type_id) && d->map[type_id] != type_id)
type_id = d->map[type_id];
if (!btf_is_fwd(btf__type_by_id(d->btf, type_id)))
return type_id;
return orig_type_id;
}
static inline __u16 btf_fwd_kind(struct btf_type *t)
{
return btf_kflag(t) ? BTF_KIND_UNION : BTF_KIND_STRUCT;
}
/* Check if given two types are identical ARRAY definitions */
static int btf_dedup_identical_arrays(struct btf_dedup *d, __u32 id1, __u32 id2)
{
struct btf_type *t1, *t2;
t1 = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, id1);
t2 = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, id2);
if (!btf_is_array(t1) || !btf_is_array(t2))
return 0;
return btf_equal_array(t1, t2);
}
/*
* Check equivalence of BTF type graph formed by candidate struct/union (we'll
* call it "candidate graph" in this description for brevity) to a type graph
* formed by (potential) canonical struct/union ("canonical graph" for brevity
* here, though keep in mind that not all types in canonical graph are
* necessarily canonical representatives themselves, some of them might be
* duplicates or its uniqueness might not have been established yet).
* Returns:
* - >0, if type graphs are equivalent;
* - 0, if not equivalent;
* - <0, on error.
*
* Algorithm performs side-by-side DFS traversal of both type graphs and checks
* equivalence of BTF types at each step. If at any point BTF types in candidate
* and canonical graphs are not compatible structurally, whole graphs are
* incompatible. If types are structurally equivalent (i.e., all information
* except referenced type IDs is exactly the same), a mapping from `canon_id` to
* a `cand_id` is recored in hypothetical mapping (`btf_dedup->hypot_map`).
* If a type references other types, then those referenced types are checked
* for equivalence recursively.
*
* During DFS traversal, if we find that for current `canon_id` type we
* already have some mapping in hypothetical map, we check for two possible
* situations:
* - `canon_id` is mapped to exactly the same type as `cand_id`. This will
* happen when type graphs have cycles. In this case we assume those two
* types are equivalent.
* - `canon_id` is mapped to different type. This is contradiction in our
* hypothetical mapping, because same graph in canonical graph corresponds
* to two different types in candidate graph, which for equivalent type
* graphs shouldn't happen. This condition terminates equivalence check
* with negative result.
*
* If type graphs traversal exhausts types to check and find no contradiction,
* then type graphs are equivalent.
*
* When checking types for equivalence, there is one special case: FWD types.
* If FWD type resolution is allowed and one of the types (either from canonical
* or candidate graph) is FWD and other is STRUCT/UNION (depending on FWD's kind
* flag) and their names match, hypothetical mapping is updated to point from
* FWD to STRUCT/UNION. If graphs will be determined as equivalent successfully,
* this mapping will be used to record FWD -> STRUCT/UNION mapping permanently.
*
* Technically, this could lead to incorrect FWD to STRUCT/UNION resolution,
* if there are two exactly named (or anonymous) structs/unions that are
* compatible structurally, one of which has FWD field, while other is concrete
* STRUCT/UNION, but according to C sources they are different structs/unions
* that are referencing different types with the same name. This is extremely
* unlikely to happen, but btf_dedup API allows to disable FWD resolution if
* this logic is causing problems.
*
* Doing FWD resolution means that both candidate and/or canonical graphs can
* consists of portions of the graph that come from multiple compilation units.
* This is due to the fact that types within single compilation unit are always
* deduplicated and FWDs are already resolved, if referenced struct/union
* definiton is available. So, if we had unresolved FWD and found corresponding
* STRUCT/UNION, they will be from different compilation units. This
* consequently means that when we "link" FWD to corresponding STRUCT/UNION,
* type graph will likely have at least two different BTF types that describe
* same type (e.g., most probably there will be two different BTF types for the
* same 'int' primitive type) and could even have "overlapping" parts of type
* graph that describe same subset of types.
*
* This in turn means that our assumption that each type in canonical graph
* must correspond to exactly one type in candidate graph might not hold
* anymore and will make it harder to detect contradictions using hypothetical
* map. To handle this problem, we allow to follow FWD -> STRUCT/UNION
* resolution only in canonical graph. FWDs in candidate graphs are never
* resolved. To see why it's OK, let's check all possible situations w.r.t. FWDs
* that can occur:
* - Both types in canonical and candidate graphs are FWDs. If they are
* structurally equivalent, then they can either be both resolved to the
* same STRUCT/UNION or not resolved at all. In both cases they are
* equivalent and there is no need to resolve FWD on candidate side.
* - Both types in canonical and candidate graphs are concrete STRUCT/UNION,
* so nothing to resolve as well, algorithm will check equivalence anyway.
* - Type in canonical graph is FWD, while type in candidate is concrete
* STRUCT/UNION. In this case candidate graph comes from single compilation
* unit, so there is exactly one BTF type for each unique C type. After
* resolving FWD into STRUCT/UNION, there might be more than one BTF type
* in canonical graph mapping to single BTF type in candidate graph, but
* because hypothetical mapping maps from canonical to candidate types, it's
* alright, and we still maintain the property of having single `canon_id`
* mapping to single `cand_id` (there could be two different `canon_id`
* mapped to the same `cand_id`, but it's not contradictory).
* - Type in canonical graph is concrete STRUCT/UNION, while type in candidate
* graph is FWD. In this case we are just going to check compatibility of
* STRUCT/UNION and corresponding FWD, and if they are compatible, we'll
* assume that whatever STRUCT/UNION FWD resolves to must be equivalent to
* a concrete STRUCT/UNION from canonical graph. If the rest of type graphs
* turn out equivalent, we'll re-resolve FWD to concrete STRUCT/UNION from
* canonical graph.
*/
static int btf_dedup_is_equiv(struct btf_dedup *d, __u32 cand_id,
__u32 canon_id)
{
struct btf_type *cand_type;
struct btf_type *canon_type;
__u32 hypot_type_id;
__u16 cand_kind;
__u16 canon_kind;
int i, eq;
/* if both resolve to the same canonical, they must be equivalent */
if (resolve_type_id(d, cand_id) == resolve_type_id(d, canon_id))
return 1;
canon_id = resolve_fwd_id(d, canon_id);
hypot_type_id = d->hypot_map[canon_id];
if (hypot_type_id <= BTF_MAX_NR_TYPES) {
/* In some cases compiler will generate different DWARF types
* for *identical* array type definitions and use them for
* different fields within the *same* struct. This breaks type
* equivalence check, which makes an assumption that candidate
* types sub-graph has a consistent and deduped-by-compiler
* types within a single CU. So work around that by explicitly
* allowing identical array types here.
*/
return hypot_type_id == cand_id ||
btf_dedup_identical_arrays(d, hypot_type_id, cand_id);
}
if (btf_dedup_hypot_map_add(d, canon_id, cand_id))
return -ENOMEM;
cand_type = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, cand_id);
canon_type = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, canon_id);
cand_kind = btf_kind(cand_type);
canon_kind = btf_kind(canon_type);
if (cand_type->name_off != canon_type->name_off)
return 0;
/* FWD <--> STRUCT/UNION equivalence check, if enabled */
if (!d->opts.dont_resolve_fwds
&& (cand_kind == BTF_KIND_FWD || canon_kind == BTF_KIND_FWD)
&& cand_kind != canon_kind) {
__u16 real_kind;
__u16 fwd_kind;
if (cand_kind == BTF_KIND_FWD) {
real_kind = canon_kind;
fwd_kind = btf_fwd_kind(cand_type);
} else {
real_kind = cand_kind;
fwd_kind = btf_fwd_kind(canon_type);
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
/* we'd need to resolve base FWD to STRUCT/UNION */
if (fwd_kind == real_kind && canon_id < d->btf->start_id)
d->hypot_adjust_canon = true;
}
return fwd_kind == real_kind;
}
if (cand_kind != canon_kind)
return 0;
switch (cand_kind) {
case BTF_KIND_INT:
return btf_equal_int(cand_type, canon_type);
case BTF_KIND_ENUM:
if (d->opts.dont_resolve_fwds)
return btf_equal_enum(cand_type, canon_type);
else
return btf_compat_enum(cand_type, canon_type);
case BTF_KIND_FWD:
return btf_equal_common(cand_type, canon_type);
case BTF_KIND_CONST:
case BTF_KIND_VOLATILE:
case BTF_KIND_RESTRICT:
case BTF_KIND_PTR:
case BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF:
case BTF_KIND_FUNC:
if (cand_type->info != canon_type->info)
return 0;
return btf_dedup_is_equiv(d, cand_type->type, canon_type->type);
case BTF_KIND_ARRAY: {
const struct btf_array *cand_arr, *canon_arr;
if (!btf_compat_array(cand_type, canon_type))
return 0;
cand_arr = btf_array(cand_type);
canon_arr = btf_array(canon_type);
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
eq = btf_dedup_is_equiv(d, cand_arr->index_type, canon_arr->index_type);
if (eq <= 0)
return eq;
return btf_dedup_is_equiv(d, cand_arr->type, canon_arr->type);
}
case BTF_KIND_STRUCT:
case BTF_KIND_UNION: {
const struct btf_member *cand_m, *canon_m;
__u16 vlen;
if (!btf_shallow_equal_struct(cand_type, canon_type))
return 0;
vlen = btf_vlen(cand_type);
cand_m = btf_members(cand_type);
canon_m = btf_members(canon_type);
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
eq = btf_dedup_is_equiv(d, cand_m->type, canon_m->type);
if (eq <= 0)
return eq;
cand_m++;
canon_m++;
}
return 1;
}
case BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO: {
const struct btf_param *cand_p, *canon_p;
__u16 vlen;
if (!btf_compat_fnproto(cand_type, canon_type))
return 0;
eq = btf_dedup_is_equiv(d, cand_type->type, canon_type->type);
if (eq <= 0)
return eq;
vlen = btf_vlen(cand_type);
cand_p = btf_params(cand_type);
canon_p = btf_params(canon_type);
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
eq = btf_dedup_is_equiv(d, cand_p->type, canon_p->type);
if (eq <= 0)
return eq;
cand_p++;
canon_p++;
}
return 1;
}
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Use hypothetical mapping, produced by successful type graph equivalence
* check, to augment existing struct/union canonical mapping, where possible.
*
* If BTF_KIND_FWD resolution is allowed, this mapping is also used to record
* FWD -> STRUCT/UNION correspondence as well. FWD resolution is bidirectional:
* it doesn't matter if FWD type was part of canonical graph or candidate one,
* we are recording the mapping anyway. As opposed to carefulness required
* for struct/union correspondence mapping (described below), for FWD resolution
* it's not important, as by the time that FWD type (reference type) will be
* deduplicated all structs/unions will be deduped already anyway.
*
* Recording STRUCT/UNION mapping is purely a performance optimization and is
* not required for correctness. It needs to be done carefully to ensure that
* struct/union from candidate's type graph is not mapped into corresponding
* struct/union from canonical type graph that itself hasn't been resolved into
* canonical representative. The only guarantee we have is that canonical
* struct/union was determined as canonical and that won't change. But any
* types referenced through that struct/union fields could have been not yet
* resolved, so in case like that it's too early to establish any kind of
* correspondence between structs/unions.
*
* No canonical correspondence is derived for primitive types (they are already
* deduplicated completely already anyway) or reference types (they rely on
* stability of struct/union canonical relationship for equivalence checks).
*/
static void btf_dedup_merge_hypot_map(struct btf_dedup *d)
{
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
__u32 canon_type_id, targ_type_id;
__u16 t_kind, c_kind;
__u32 t_id, c_id;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < d->hypot_cnt; i++) {
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
canon_type_id = d->hypot_list[i];
targ_type_id = d->hypot_map[canon_type_id];
t_id = resolve_type_id(d, targ_type_id);
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
c_id = resolve_type_id(d, canon_type_id);
t_kind = btf_kind(btf__type_by_id(d->btf, t_id));
c_kind = btf_kind(btf__type_by_id(d->btf, c_id));
/*
* Resolve FWD into STRUCT/UNION.
* It's ok to resolve FWD into STRUCT/UNION that's not yet
* mapped to canonical representative (as opposed to
* STRUCT/UNION <--> STRUCT/UNION mapping logic below), because
* eventually that struct is going to be mapped and all resolved
* FWDs will automatically resolve to correct canonical
* representative. This will happen before ref type deduping,
* which critically depends on stability of these mapping. This
* stability is not a requirement for STRUCT/UNION equivalence
* checks, though.
*/
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
/* if it's the split BTF case, we still need to point base FWD
* to STRUCT/UNION in a split BTF, because FWDs from split BTF
* will be resolved against base FWD. If we don't point base
* canonical FWD to the resolved STRUCT/UNION, then all the
* FWDs in split BTF won't be correctly resolved to a proper
* STRUCT/UNION.
*/
if (t_kind != BTF_KIND_FWD && c_kind == BTF_KIND_FWD)
d->map[c_id] = t_id;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
/* if graph equivalence determined that we'd need to adjust
* base canonical types, then we need to only point base FWDs
* to STRUCTs/UNIONs and do no more modifications. For all
* other purposes the type graphs were not equivalent.
*/
if (d->hypot_adjust_canon)
continue;
if (t_kind == BTF_KIND_FWD && c_kind != BTF_KIND_FWD)
d->map[t_id] = c_id;
if ((t_kind == BTF_KIND_STRUCT || t_kind == BTF_KIND_UNION) &&
c_kind != BTF_KIND_FWD &&
is_type_mapped(d, c_id) &&
!is_type_mapped(d, t_id)) {
/*
* as a perf optimization, we can map struct/union
* that's part of type graph we just verified for
* equivalence. We can do that for struct/union that has
* canonical representative only, though.
*/
d->map[t_id] = c_id;
}
}
}
/*
* Deduplicate struct/union types.
*
* For each struct/union type its type signature hash is calculated, taking
* into account type's name, size, number, order and names of fields, but
* ignoring type ID's referenced from fields, because they might not be deduped
* completely until after reference types deduplication phase. This type hash
* is used to iterate over all potential canonical types, sharing same hash.
* For each canonical candidate we check whether type graphs that they form
* (through referenced types in fields and so on) are equivalent using algorithm
* implemented in `btf_dedup_is_equiv`. If such equivalence is found and
* BTF_KIND_FWD resolution is allowed, then hypothetical mapping
* (btf_dedup->hypot_map) produced by aforementioned type graph equivalence
* algorithm is used to record FWD -> STRUCT/UNION mapping. It's also used to
* potentially map other structs/unions to their canonical representatives,
* if such relationship hasn't yet been established. This speeds up algorithm
* by eliminating some of the duplicate work.
*
* If no matching canonical representative was found, struct/union is marked
* as canonical for itself and is added into btf_dedup->dedup_table hash map
* for further look ups.
*/
static int btf_dedup_struct_type(struct btf_dedup *d, __u32 type_id)
{
struct btf_type *cand_type, *t;
struct hashmap_entry *hash_entry;
/* if we don't find equivalent type, then we are canonical */
__u32 new_id = type_id;
__u16 kind;
long h;
/* already deduped or is in process of deduping (loop detected) */
if (d->map[type_id] <= BTF_MAX_NR_TYPES)
return 0;
t = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, type_id);
kind = btf_kind(t);
if (kind != BTF_KIND_STRUCT && kind != BTF_KIND_UNION)
return 0;
h = btf_hash_struct(t);
for_each_dedup_cand(d, hash_entry, h) {
__u32 cand_id = (__u32)(long)hash_entry->value;
int eq;
/*
* Even though btf_dedup_is_equiv() checks for
* btf_shallow_equal_struct() internally when checking two
* structs (unions) for equivalence, we need to guard here
* from picking matching FWD type as a dedup candidate.
* This can happen due to hash collision. In such case just
* relying on btf_dedup_is_equiv() would lead to potentially
* creating a loop (FWD -> STRUCT and STRUCT -> FWD), because
* FWD and compatible STRUCT/UNION are considered equivalent.
*/
cand_type = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, cand_id);
if (!btf_shallow_equal_struct(t, cand_type))
continue;
btf_dedup_clear_hypot_map(d);
eq = btf_dedup_is_equiv(d, type_id, cand_id);
if (eq < 0)
return eq;
if (!eq)
continue;
btf_dedup_merge_hypot_map(d);
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
if (d->hypot_adjust_canon) /* not really equivalent */
continue;
new_id = cand_id;
break;
}
d->map[type_id] = new_id;
if (type_id == new_id && btf_dedup_table_add(d, h, type_id))
return -ENOMEM;
return 0;
}
static int btf_dedup_struct_types(struct btf_dedup *d)
{
int i, err;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < d->btf->nr_types; i++) {
err = btf_dedup_struct_type(d, d->btf->start_id + i);
if (err)
return err;
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Deduplicate reference type.
*
* Once all primitive and struct/union types got deduplicated, we can easily
* deduplicate all other (reference) BTF types. This is done in two steps:
*
* 1. Resolve all referenced type IDs into their canonical type IDs. This
* resolution can be done either immediately for primitive or struct/union types
* (because they were deduped in previous two phases) or recursively for
* reference types. Recursion will always terminate at either primitive or
* struct/union type, at which point we can "unwind" chain of reference types
* one by one. There is no danger of encountering cycles because in C type
* system the only way to form type cycle is through struct/union, so any chain
* of reference types, even those taking part in a type cycle, will inevitably
* reach struct/union at some point.
*
* 2. Once all referenced type IDs are resolved into canonical ones, BTF type
* becomes "stable", in the sense that no further deduplication will cause
* any changes to it. With that, it's now possible to calculate type's signature
* hash (this time taking into account referenced type IDs) and loop over all
* potential canonical representatives. If no match was found, current type
* will become canonical representative of itself and will be added into
* btf_dedup->dedup_table as another possible canonical representative.
*/
static int btf_dedup_ref_type(struct btf_dedup *d, __u32 type_id)
{
struct hashmap_entry *hash_entry;
__u32 new_id = type_id, cand_id;
struct btf_type *t, *cand;
/* if we don't find equivalent type, then we are representative type */
int ref_type_id;
long h;
if (d->map[type_id] == BTF_IN_PROGRESS_ID)
return -ELOOP;
if (d->map[type_id] <= BTF_MAX_NR_TYPES)
return resolve_type_id(d, type_id);
t = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, type_id);
d->map[type_id] = BTF_IN_PROGRESS_ID;
switch (btf_kind(t)) {
case BTF_KIND_CONST:
case BTF_KIND_VOLATILE:
case BTF_KIND_RESTRICT:
case BTF_KIND_PTR:
case BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF:
case BTF_KIND_FUNC:
ref_type_id = btf_dedup_ref_type(d, t->type);
if (ref_type_id < 0)
return ref_type_id;
t->type = ref_type_id;
h = btf_hash_common(t);
for_each_dedup_cand(d, hash_entry, h) {
cand_id = (__u32)(long)hash_entry->value;
cand = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, cand_id);
if (btf_equal_common(t, cand)) {
new_id = cand_id;
break;
}
}
break;
case BTF_KIND_ARRAY: {
struct btf_array *info = btf_array(t);
ref_type_id = btf_dedup_ref_type(d, info->type);
if (ref_type_id < 0)
return ref_type_id;
info->type = ref_type_id;
ref_type_id = btf_dedup_ref_type(d, info->index_type);
if (ref_type_id < 0)
return ref_type_id;
info->index_type = ref_type_id;
h = btf_hash_array(t);
for_each_dedup_cand(d, hash_entry, h) {
cand_id = (__u32)(long)hash_entry->value;
cand = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, cand_id);
if (btf_equal_array(t, cand)) {
new_id = cand_id;
break;
}
}
break;
}
case BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO: {
struct btf_param *param;
__u16 vlen;
int i;
ref_type_id = btf_dedup_ref_type(d, t->type);
if (ref_type_id < 0)
return ref_type_id;
t->type = ref_type_id;
vlen = btf_vlen(t);
param = btf_params(t);
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
ref_type_id = btf_dedup_ref_type(d, param->type);
if (ref_type_id < 0)
return ref_type_id;
param->type = ref_type_id;
param++;
}
h = btf_hash_fnproto(t);
for_each_dedup_cand(d, hash_entry, h) {
cand_id = (__u32)(long)hash_entry->value;
cand = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, cand_id);
if (btf_equal_fnproto(t, cand)) {
new_id = cand_id;
break;
}
}
break;
}
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
d->map[type_id] = new_id;
if (type_id == new_id && btf_dedup_table_add(d, h, type_id))
return -ENOMEM;
return new_id;
}
static int btf_dedup_ref_types(struct btf_dedup *d)
{
int i, err;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < d->btf->nr_types; i++) {
err = btf_dedup_ref_type(d, d->btf->start_id + i);
if (err < 0)
return err;
}
/* we won't need d->dedup_table anymore */
hashmap__free(d->dedup_table);
d->dedup_table = NULL;
return 0;
}
/*
* Compact types.
*
* After we established for each type its corresponding canonical representative
* type, we now can eliminate types that are not canonical and leave only
* canonical ones layed out sequentially in memory by copying them over
* duplicates. During compaction btf_dedup->hypot_map array is reused to store
* a map from original type ID to a new compacted type ID, which will be used
* during next phase to "fix up" type IDs, referenced from struct/union and
* reference types.
*/
static int btf_dedup_compact_types(struct btf_dedup *d)
{
__u32 *new_offs;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
__u32 next_type_id = d->btf->start_id;
const struct btf_type *t;
void *p;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
int i, id, len;
/* we are going to reuse hypot_map to store compaction remapping */
d->hypot_map[0] = 0;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
/* base BTF types are not renumbered */
for (id = 1; id < d->btf->start_id; id++)
d->hypot_map[id] = id;
for (i = 0, id = d->btf->start_id; i < d->btf->nr_types; i++, id++)
d->hypot_map[id] = BTF_UNPROCESSED_ID;
p = d->btf->types_data;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
for (i = 0, id = d->btf->start_id; i < d->btf->nr_types; i++, id++) {
if (d->map[id] != id)
continue;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
t = btf__type_by_id(d->btf, id);
len = btf_type_size(t);
if (len < 0)
return len;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
memmove(p, t, len);
d->hypot_map[id] = next_type_id;
d->btf->type_offs[next_type_id - d->btf->start_id] = p - d->btf->types_data;
p += len;
next_type_id++;
}
/* shrink struct btf's internal types index and update btf_header */
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
d->btf->nr_types = next_type_id - d->btf->start_id;
libbpf: Implement basic split BTF support Support split BTF operation, in which one BTF (base BTF) provides basic set of types and strings, while another one (split BTF) builds on top of base's types and strings and adds its own new types and strings. From API standpoint, the fact that the split BTF is built on top of the base BTF is transparent. Type numeration is transparent. If the base BTF had last type ID #N, then all types in the split BTF start at type ID N+1. Any type in split BTF can reference base BTF types, but not vice versa. Programmatically construction of a split BTF on top of a base BTF is supported: one can create an empty split BTF with btf__new_empty_split() and pass base BTF as an input, or pass raw binary data to btf__new_split(), or use btf__parse_xxx_split() variants to get initial set of split types/strings from the ELF file with .BTF section. String offsets are similarly transparent and are a logical continuation of base BTF's strings. When building BTF programmatically and adding a new string (explicitly with btf__add_str() or implicitly through appending new types/members), string-to-be-added would first be looked up from the base BTF's string section and re-used if it's there. If not, it will be looked up and/or added to the split BTF string section. Similarly to type IDs, types in split BTF can refer to strings from base BTF absolutely transparently (but not vice versa, of course, because base BTF doesn't "know" about existence of split BTF). Internal type index is slightly adjusted to be zero-indexed, ignoring a fake [0] VOID type. This allows to handle split/base BTF type lookups transparently by using btf->start_id type ID offset, which is always 1 for base/non-split BTF and equals btf__get_nr_types(base_btf) + 1 for the split BTF. BTF deduplication is not yet supported for split BTF and support for it will be added in separate patch. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-5-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:54 +00:00
d->btf->type_offs_cap = d->btf->nr_types;
d->btf->hdr->type_len = p - d->btf->types_data;
new_offs = libbpf_reallocarray(d->btf->type_offs, d->btf->type_offs_cap,
sizeof(*new_offs));
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
if (d->btf->type_offs_cap && !new_offs)
return -ENOMEM;
d->btf->type_offs = new_offs;
libbpf: Allow modification of BTF and add btf__add_str API Allow internal BTF representation to switch from default read-only mode, in which raw BTF data is a single non-modifiable block of memory with BTF header, types, and strings layed out sequentially and contiguously in memory, into a writable representation with types and strings data split out into separate memory regions, that can be dynamically expanded. Such writable internal representation is transparent to users of libbpf APIs, but allows to append new types and strings at the end of BTF, which is a typical use case when generating BTF programmatically. All the basic guarantees of BTF types and strings layout is preserved, i.e., user can get `struct btf_type *` pointer and read it directly. Such btf_type pointers might be invalidated if BTF is modified, so some care is required in such mixed read/write scenarios. Switch from read-only to writable configuration happens automatically the first time when user attempts to modify BTF by either adding a new type or new string. It is still possible to get raw BTF data, which is a single piece of memory that can be persisted in ELF section or into a file as raw BTF. Such raw data memory is also still owned by BTF and will be freed either when BTF object is freed or if another modification to BTF happens, as any modification invalidates BTF raw representation. This patch adds the first two BTF manipulation APIs: btf__add_str(), which allows to add arbitrary strings to BTF string section, and btf__find_str() which allows to find existing string offset, but not add it if it's missing. All the added strings are automatically deduplicated. This is achieved by maintaining an additional string lookup index for all unique strings. Such index is built when BTF is switched to modifiable mode. If at that time BTF strings section contained duplicate strings, they are not de-duplicated. This is done specifically to not modify the existing content of BTF (types, their string offsets, etc), which can cause confusion and is especially important property if there is struct btf_ext associated with struct btf. By following this "imperfect deduplication" process, btf_ext is kept consitent and correct. If deduplication of strings is necessary, it can be forced by doing BTF deduplication, at which point all the strings will be eagerly deduplicated and all string offsets both in struct btf and struct btf_ext will be updated. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200926011357.2366158-6-andriin@fb.com
2020-09-26 01:13:53 +00:00
d->btf->hdr->str_off = d->btf->hdr->type_len;
d->btf->raw_size = d->btf->hdr->hdr_len + d->btf->hdr->type_len + d->btf->hdr->str_len;
return 0;
}
/*
* Figure out final (deduplicated and compacted) type ID for provided original
* `type_id` by first resolving it into corresponding canonical type ID and
* then mapping it to a deduplicated type ID, stored in btf_dedup->hypot_map,
* which is populated during compaction phase.
*/
static int btf_dedup_remap_type_id(struct btf_dedup *d, __u32 type_id)
{
__u32 resolved_type_id, new_type_id;
resolved_type_id = resolve_type_id(d, type_id);
new_type_id = d->hypot_map[resolved_type_id];
if (new_type_id > BTF_MAX_NR_TYPES)
return -EINVAL;
return new_type_id;
}
/*
* Remap referenced type IDs into deduped type IDs.
*
* After BTF types are deduplicated and compacted, their final type IDs may
* differ from original ones. The map from original to a corresponding
* deduped type ID is stored in btf_dedup->hypot_map and is populated during
* compaction phase. During remapping phase we are rewriting all type IDs
* referenced from any BTF type (e.g., struct fields, func proto args, etc) to
* their final deduped type IDs.
*/
static int btf_dedup_remap_type(struct btf_dedup *d, __u32 type_id)
{
struct btf_type *t = btf_type_by_id(d->btf, type_id);
int i, r;
switch (btf_kind(t)) {
case BTF_KIND_INT:
case BTF_KIND_ENUM:
break;
case BTF_KIND_FWD:
case BTF_KIND_CONST:
case BTF_KIND_VOLATILE:
case BTF_KIND_RESTRICT:
case BTF_KIND_PTR:
case BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF:
case BTF_KIND_FUNC:
case BTF_KIND_VAR:
r = btf_dedup_remap_type_id(d, t->type);
if (r < 0)
return r;
t->type = r;
break;
case BTF_KIND_ARRAY: {
struct btf_array *arr_info = btf_array(t);
r = btf_dedup_remap_type_id(d, arr_info->type);
if (r < 0)
return r;
arr_info->type = r;
r = btf_dedup_remap_type_id(d, arr_info->index_type);
if (r < 0)
return r;
arr_info->index_type = r;
break;
}
case BTF_KIND_STRUCT:
case BTF_KIND_UNION: {
struct btf_member *member = btf_members(t);
__u16 vlen = btf_vlen(t);
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
r = btf_dedup_remap_type_id(d, member->type);
if (r < 0)
return r;
member->type = r;
member++;
}
break;
}
case BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO: {
struct btf_param *param = btf_params(t);
__u16 vlen = btf_vlen(t);
r = btf_dedup_remap_type_id(d, t->type);
if (r < 0)
return r;
t->type = r;
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
r = btf_dedup_remap_type_id(d, param->type);
if (r < 0)
return r;
param->type = r;
param++;
}
break;
}
case BTF_KIND_DATASEC: {
struct btf_var_secinfo *var = btf_var_secinfos(t);
__u16 vlen = btf_vlen(t);
for (i = 0; i < vlen; i++) {
r = btf_dedup_remap_type_id(d, var->type);
if (r < 0)
return r;
var->type = r;
var++;
}
break;
}
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
return 0;
}
static int btf_dedup_remap_types(struct btf_dedup *d)
{
int i, r;
libbpf: Support BTF dedup of split BTFs Add support for deduplication split BTFs. When deduplicating split BTF, base BTF is considered to be immutable and can't be modified or adjusted. 99% of BTF deduplication logic is left intact (module some type numbering adjustments). There are only two differences. First, each type in base BTF gets hashed (expect VAR and DATASEC, of course, those are always considered to be self-canonical instances) and added into a table of canonical table candidates. Hashing is a shallow, fast operation, so mostly eliminates the overhead of having entire base BTF to be a part of BTF dedup. Second difference is very critical and subtle. While deduplicating split BTF types, it is possible to discover that one of immutable base BTF BTF_KIND_FWD types can and should be resolved to a full STRUCT/UNION type from the split BTF part. This is, obviously, can't happen because we can't modify the base BTF types anymore. So because of that, any type in split BTF that directly or indirectly references that newly-to-be-resolved FWD type can't be considered to be equivalent to the corresponding canonical types in base BTF, because that would result in a loss of type resolution information. So in such case, split BTF types will be deduplicated separately and will cause some duplication of type information, which is unavoidable. With those two changes, the rest of the algorithm manages to deduplicate split BTF correctly, pointing all the duplicates to their canonical counter-parts in base BTF, but also is deduplicating whatever unique types are present in split BTF on their own. Also, theoretically, split BTF after deduplication could end up with either empty type section or empty string section. This is handled by libbpf correctly in one of previous patches in the series. Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201105043402.2530976-9-andrii@kernel.org
2020-11-05 04:33:58 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < d->btf->nr_types; i++) {
r = btf_dedup_remap_type(d, d->btf->start_id + i);
if (r < 0)
return r;
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Probe few well-known locations for vmlinux kernel image and try to load BTF
* data out of it to use for target BTF.
*/
struct btf *libbpf_find_kernel_btf(void)
{
struct {
const char *path_fmt;
bool raw_btf;
} locations[] = {
/* try canonical vmlinux BTF through sysfs first */
{ "/sys/kernel/btf/vmlinux", true /* raw BTF */ },
/* fall back to trying to find vmlinux ELF on disk otherwise */
{ "/boot/vmlinux-%1$s" },
{ "/lib/modules/%1$s/vmlinux-%1$s" },
{ "/lib/modules/%1$s/build/vmlinux" },
{ "/usr/lib/modules/%1$s/kernel/vmlinux" },
{ "/usr/lib/debug/boot/vmlinux-%1$s" },
{ "/usr/lib/debug/boot/vmlinux-%1$s.debug" },
{ "/usr/lib/debug/lib/modules/%1$s/vmlinux" },
};
char path[PATH_MAX + 1];
struct utsname buf;
struct btf *btf;
int i;
uname(&buf);
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(locations); i++) {
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, locations[i].path_fmt, buf.release);
if (access(path, R_OK))
continue;
if (locations[i].raw_btf)
btf = btf__parse_raw(path);
else
btf = btf__parse_elf(path, NULL);
pr_debug("loading kernel BTF '%s': %ld\n",
path, IS_ERR(btf) ? PTR_ERR(btf) : 0);
if (IS_ERR(btf))
continue;
return btf;
}
pr_warn("failed to find valid kernel BTF\n");
return ERR_PTR(-ESRCH);
}